Capilano College Calendar 1975 - 76 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B . C . Telephone 980-7511 A Publicly Supported Community College Serving North Vancouver, West Vancouver and Howe Sound School District Table of Contents I II III IV V VI Admission Information Academic Information General Information Programs of Study 1975-76 Career Programs Vocational Programs and Upgrading Courses VII College Courses Index PAGE 7 11 16 19 22 49 51 118 Photographs by Beverly Olandt Compiled by Hersh Cramer Typesetting & Layout by Vancouver Insta-Set Printing & Design by Mitchell Press The Lynnmour Centre is not intended to be the only centre of College operations and classes. Capilano College has adopted a policy of providing educational learning services where needed in the North Shore region. Lynnmour is to develop mainly as the core centre for specialized spaces and for major resource production. It will be only one of several teaching centres. These resources and facilities will include the main Library and Media facilities, the Science and Language Laboratories, the Administration and Business Offices, the Student Services Centre, and special spaces for the College's Career Programs in Art, Media Resources, Business Programs, Retail Fashions, Early C h i l d h o o d E d u c a t i o n , Outdoor R e c r e a t i o n , M u s i c , A d m i n i s t r a t i v e Science and Office Technology P r o g r a m s and in aspects of Vocational Program. It is planned to expand the College's 50,000 square feet of space presently at Lynnmour with an approximate 77,000 square feet addition which is to be installed by September 1975. The first major phase of expansion is in the approval stages. It will provide expansion and consolidation of laboratory facilities, Student Services Centre, service areas, student space and extended areas for career and vocational programs and for College and community recreational facilities, such as a Field House. Construction of this larger phase is expected to begin in 1976. Capilano College Mr. Peter Spratt was appointed Principal of Capilano College in September, 1974. Since his arrival, he has placed special emphasis on tuning in to the community to determine its educational needs and ways that the College can effectively respond to them. Our enrollments are up over 50% from last year, which reflects an extremely enthusiastic response from the community. In 1975, a new Dean of Community Education will be appointed to co-ordinate and stimulate our outreach efforts. Capilano College is presently offering an interesting selection of both credit and non-credit courses. It is possible to earn a two-year diploma, follow a one-year Certificate program that affords transfer opportunities to B.C.I.T. and the universities, or enrol in Vocational and special interest courses. If you are a young person . . . through your community college, you have the opportunity to try some university courses (at a relatively modest cost) to determine whether you want to go on to a university degree. If you are an adult who has been away from school for a long time, the College offers mature entry to the academic programs and after completing two successful years, you would normally qualify for university entrance. If you are a working person, the college has a wide variety of courses to interest you and perhaps enhance your career. Our faculty and staff are eager to welcome you, we want to offer our help in contributing to your success. SATELLITE CENTRES The College presently operates three major satellite teaching centres — one in West Vancouver and two in North Vancouver, one of which is the art program centre on Welch Street. In addition the college also delivers credit courses through three smaller outlying satellites, one a storefront in Squamish, and two in community schools in western West Vancouver. The College's extensive non-credit Community Services programs are also extended to the community through some fifteen different locations on the North Shore and Squamish. College Facilities 1975/76 THE LYNNMOUR CENTRE The College's core facility is the Lynnmour Centre, located on Purcell Way, just off Lillooet Road, North Vancouver. 1 November 28 Last day to withdraw officially from a course. The 1975/76 College Year December 12 Spring Term Mail Registration ends. 19 Last day of classes. The College year is divided into two terms of approximately fifteen weeks each. 25 Christmas Day. Official Holiday. College Closed. F A L L T E R M 1975 August 4 Legal Holiday. College Closed 5-15 Final period for Fall 1975 mail registration. 25 Deadline for submission of petitions for readmission to the 1975 Fall Term. 26 Boxing Day. Official Holiday. College Closed. SPRING T E R M 1976 January 1 New Y e a r ' s D a y . O f f i c i a l Holiday. College Closed. September 1 Labour Day. Official Holiday. College Closed 2 In person registration and payment of fees for all former students — 2:00 p.m. — 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. — 9:00 p.m. 3-5 In person registration and payment of fees for students — daily 2:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. Registration closes F r i d a y , September 5th 5:00 p.m. In person registration and payment of fees for students — daily 2:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. Registration closes Thursday January 8th 5:00 p.m. Late Registration and payment of fees including late fees assessed at $5.00 per course to a maximum of $25.00 now in effect — daily 2:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. Late Registration closes Thursday, September 11th, 5:00 p.m. Late R e g i s t r a t i o n closes Thursday, January 15th, 5:00 p.m. 16 Last day for courses and section changes. 16 Deadline for appealing Fall Term 1975 grades. and October 13 T h a n k s g i v i n g Day. Official Holiday. College Closed. February 13 Final date for deferred fees to be submitted to the Bursar. Final date for Deferred fee payment to be submitted to the Bursar. February 27 to Mid-Term Break. ALL classes and including cancelled. College Open. March 1 November 11 Rememberance Day. Official Holiday. College Closed. 24 6-8 12 Classes commence. Late Registration in effect. 1 2 - 1 5 Late Registration and payment of fees including late f e e s a s s e s s e d at $5.00 per course to a m a x i m u m of $25.00 now in effect — daily 2:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. 11 Last day for course section changes. 15 In person registration and payment of fees for all former students 2:00 p.m. — 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. — 9:00 p.m. Deadline for submission of petitions for re-admission for the 1976 Spring Term. 8 Classes commence. 8-11 5 April 1 Mail Registration for Summer Term 1976 commences. 2 Last day to withdraw officially from a course. Spring Term Mail Registration begins. 2 April 16 Good Friday. Official Holiday. College Closed. 19 Easter Monday. Official Holiday. College Closed. 23 Mail Registration for Summer Term ends. 23 Last day of classes S U M M E R T E R M 1976 May 3 Deadline for submission of petitions for re-admission to Summer Term 1976. 5-7 Registration for S u m m e r Term, Wednesday and Thursday 2:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m. - 9:00 p.m. Registration closes F r i d a y , 5:00 p.m. 1975 - 1976 College Council Mr. C.R. Adkins Mr. N. Alban M r . R. A l f r e d s M r . W . Bennett M s . C. Bergman M r . S. Bradner M r . I.G. E d g a r Mt. T . B . M . Fougberg M r . Philip Joe Ms. M . Kirk Mr. T . J . MacDonald M r . P . C D . Powell M r . D.S. Williams Executive Officers P . J . T . Spratt, Principal * T. Hollick-Kenyon, Dean of Student Services and Registrar 10 Classes commence. D . K . J a r d i n e , D e a n of A c a d e m i c S t u d i e s Late Registration and payment of fees including late fees assessed at $5.00 per course. 12 Last day for course section changes. H . B . K i r c h n e r , D e a n of C a r e e r P r o g r a m s D. S m i t , D e a n of C o m m u n i t y Education A . P . D . S m i t h , D i r e c t o r of P l a n n i n g K . H . Thiel, Bursar and 14 Deadline for appealing Spring Term 1976 grades. 16 F i n a l date for deferred fees to be submitted to the Bursar. 24 Victoria Day. Official Holiday. College Closed. June 9 Last day to withdraw officially from a course. 25 Last day of classes. July 1 Dominion Day. Official Holiday. College Closed. 16 Deadline for appealing Summer Term 1976 grades. NOTE: As this calendar is published well before the opening of the session, the College reserves the right to make whatever changes circumstances require i n c l u d i n g the addition or cancellation of courses. Faculty A d l e r , M . T . , B . A . (Toronto), M . S . W . (Brit. C o l . ) , Early C h i l d h o d E d u c a t i o n (part-time) Affleck, D . E . , B . A . (Sask.), B . E . (Sask.), M . L i b . (Wash.), Head Librarian A l b o r g , G . , B . A . (Reading), M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , Stand. T e a c h . ( U . K . ) L i f e C r e d i t (San D i e g o ) C o m m u n i c a tions (part-time) A l d e r s o n , S . A . , B . A . (Antioch), E n g l i s h (part-time) M.A. (Ohio State), A m o n , N . E . , B . A . (Kent) M . A . (Simon Fraser), Economics, Social Science Budget Co-ordinator A n d r e w s , M . , B . A . (Denison), M . A . (Brit. Col.) History A n d r i e u , F . R . G . , M . A . (France), P h . D . (France), French (part-time) A p p s , M . J . , B . S c . (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), P h . D . (Bristol) P h y s i c s ( p a r t - t i m e ) A v e r y , D . P . , B . A . (York), M . E d . (Toronto), P s y c h o l o g y A z a r o f f , P . , B . A . ( H e b . U . - Israel), M e d i a R e s o u r c e s B a g s h a w , R., B . C o m . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , M . A . ( C o l o r a d o ) , M . E d . (Brit. Col.) C o u n s e l l o r and Co-ordinator Ewing, K . J . , B.A. (Michigan), M.Sc. (Michigan), Geog., Outdoor Rec. & Soc. S c i . , External Co-ord. Bannister, J . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , B . S . W . (Brit. C o l . ) , Cert. of E d . ( O x f o r d ) , M . E d . (Toronto) N a t . D i p l . D i s t r i b . Cert., D i p . E d . (Oxford), B . T . S . D . Basham, D.F., Outdoor F a h l m a n , M . L . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Toronto), E n g l i s h (part-time) Recreation F a l l s , L., A . R . C . T . ( T o r o n t o ) , B . M u s . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , M . M u s . Battersby, M . , B . A . ( N . Y . U . ) , Philosophy (part-time) (Brit. Col.) M u s i c B e g a m u d r e , R . D . , B . S c . ( B a n a r a s , India), A s s o c . I n d i a n Inst. S c . , P h . D . ( B e t h l e h e m ) Bellmaine, M., A.A. (Stanford), Farber, C M . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), Anthropology Electricity/Electronics (Colorado Women's Col.), Featherston, W . L . , B . A . (West. Ont.), Art B.A. Fitz-Earle, M . A . (Cal. State), E n g l i s h Fladell, Ford, B.Sc. Ph.D. (Missouri), (Brit. Col.), A . M . Teaching Cert. (Michigan), M e d i a Resources and (Simon Brown, (Man.), J., B.Sc. (Toronto), Advertising R.E., Course C.C.N.Y., Business (part-time) Grad. R.C.A.F., School of Photography (Van. (Brit. C o l . ) , Physics F u r s t e n w a l d , C , B . A . (Mexico), Spanish (part-time) F y e , C . A . , B . A . ( N o r t h e r n Iowa), M . S . ( O k l a h o m a S t a t e ) , Retail Fashions (part-time) (Sec.) G a l e , A . , B . H . E . (Brit. C o l . ) , Prof. Basic T e a c h i n g C e r t . (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Cornell), Retail Fashions (part-time) Recreation Gen.), English Foster, H . R . K . , B . A . (Queen's), M . A . Commerce (part-time) F r e e m a n , M . , B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Cal. Tech.), P h . D . Co-ordinator Fraser), Outdoor P.G. M.Sc. Forst, G . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , P h . D . (Brit. C o l . ) , Best, E . R . , B.Sc. (Man.), M . S c . (Man.), Retail Fashions (part-time) Biggins, P., B . A . (Manchester), A . L . A . (College Tech M a n c h e s t e r ) , B . L . S . (Toronto), M . L . S . (Toronto), M . A . (Simon Fraser), Reference and Circulation Librarian Boyde, J . E . , B . A . (part-time) (Nottingham), (Ontario), M e d i a Resources (part-time) (Missouri), Mathematics Bizzocchi, J . V . , B . A . (Michigan), E., Management Biology (part-time) A.E.T., B.Sc. P h . D . (Toronto), Biology Bennet, M . L . , B . E d . E l e m . (Brit. C o l . ) , C o m m e r c e (part-time) Bennett, R . B . , B . S c . (Simon Fraser), M . S c . (Simon Fraser), M . S c . (London - U . K . ) , D.I.C. (Imperial), Bentley, M., (part-time) (part-time) Early Gallacher, R . J . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), Teachers C e r t . C h i l d h o o d Education (part-time) (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.) Religion (part-time) B r o w n , T . J . , B . S c . (Bristol), G e o g r a p h y (part-time) G a r g r a v e , A . J . , L L B . (Brit. Col.) C o m m e r c e (part-time) B u c k l e y , B., B . A . (Calif.), E n g l i s h (part-time) Geist-O'Hara, W . F . M . , Burstein, F., B . A . (Wash. St. Louis), M . A . P h . D . (Boston) E n g l i s h , H u m a n i t i e s . (Boston), Wm. H., City and Guild Dipl., (North W e s t e r n Broadcast State College) (Wash.) Librarian — Reference and Gilchrist, A . B . , Higher Nat. Cert., College Cert., Licentiat e s h i p R o y a l Inst, of C h e m i s t r y , S c o t t i s h T e a c h e r ' s M.Lib. Cert., P h . D . (Simon Fraser), M.P.E. Athletic C o n n e l l , P . L . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , E n g l i s h , Communications. Corbett, M . E . , B . A . (Alta.), M . A . (Alta.), Geography (part-time) C o t t e r , E . H . , B . F . A . ( O k l a h o m a ) , M . A . ( P e n n State), Gruft, H . M . , Cert., Barkly House Training College., S . A . , Early C h i l d h o o d Education (part-time) H a n k i n , B., B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Wash.), G e r m a n and Co-ordinator (part-time) Art P h . D . (Brit. C o l . ) , E n g l i s h Henry, M.I., B . A . (part-time) (part-time) Coupey, P.L., B.A. (McGill), M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , E n g l i s h Irvine, R . F . , Teacher T r a i n i n g (part-time) (Berkeley), Management D y k e , S . L . , Inst. T e c h . a n d A r t ( C a l g a r y ) , Col.), Physics Recreation, Cert. (Sask.), B.T.S.D. J a r d i n e , D . K . , B . A . S c . (Toronto), P h . D . (Calgary), C h e m i s t r y , D e a n of A c a d e m i c S t u d i e s . Art E a s t c o t t , R . W . , S r . C e r t . ( V a n c o u v e r S c h o o l of A r t ) , (Brit. Hoff, R . M . , A . B . (Calif.), P h . D . (Simon Fraser), Electric i t y / E l e c t r o n i c s (part-time) * H o l l i c k - K e n y o n , T., B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , B . S . W . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S . W . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , D e a n of S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s a n d Registrar Education M . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , Business M.Sc. Hodgins, B . W . , B . P . E . (Brti. Col.), Outdoor (part-time) D h a d d e y , P . K . , B . S . (Idaho), M . S . ( W a s h . ) , V o c . C e r t . , Commerce Dixon, J . E . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), P h . D . (Brit. C o l . ) , Philosophy (part-time) D o l p h i n , D . R . , B . A . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . B . A . (Alta.), H i n d m a r c h , G . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.) E n g l i s h C u m e l l a , A . W . M . , B . A . (York), P r i m a r y Specialist Cert. (Toronto), P e r m . T e c h i n g C e r t . ( T o r o n t o ) , I n t e r i m Prof. Cert. B . C . , G r a d u a t e D i p l . (Brit. Col.) Early Childhood Chemistry G l a s s , R., B . A . ( C a l i f . ) , M . A . ( S o u t h e r n C a l . ) , F r e n c h (part-time) Goff, W m . S . , B.Sc. (Victoria), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), Mathematics G r i f f i t h s , R., O . N . C . ( E n g l a n d ) , O u t d o o r R e c r e a t i o n (parttime) Groves, P . A . , B . A . (Toronto), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), Sociology Clark, H . , B . H . E . (Brit. Col.), T . T . D i p l . (Brit. C o l . ) , D i p l . A l l i a n c e Francaise (Paris) Retail Fashions and Co-ordinator C o u p e , R., B . A . ( T a s m a n i a ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.) E n g l i s h ; Humanities and Division Chairman Orientation C h e s t e r , N . , B . E d . ( S a s k . ) , B . A . P . E . , (Sask.) (Brit. Col.) Outdoor Recreation (part-time) Director M . F . A . (Oklahoma), Electricity/ (Calgary), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), Biology Gilbert, S . R . , B . A . (Victoria), Engineering and Tech. Graphics, M e d i a Resources Carter, S., B . A . (Darmstadt), G i b s o n , W m . G . , B . A . (Sask.), D i p . E d . (Sask.), D i p . E d . B u s s w o o d , K . L . , B . A . H o n . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , S o c i o l o g y (parttime) Butler, B.Sc. Electronics, (part-time) Art J e l e n s k y , M . , St. J o h n ' s R e d C o s s , Outdoor (part-time) E c c l e s , E . M . , R . N . (St. P a u l s H o s p . ) , B . A . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , Psychology (part-time) 4 Recreation, N a u m a n n , R., V a n c o u v e r S c h o o l of A r t , C e r t , a n d C r e d e n t i a l , (Instituto A l l e n d e ) , Art, (part-time) J e n s e n , J . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , F i n e A r t s (part-time) J o n e s , D., B . A . ( D a l h o u s i e ) , M . A . ( D a l h o u s i e ) , C o u n s e l l o r K e l g a r d , D . S . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.) A n t h r o - Noble, N . B . , B . A . (part-time) pology, (part-time) Kellington, P., A . A . S . , M e d i a Spec. Cert. (Cap. Coll.) Nodwell, A . K . , B . M u s . M u s i c , (Part-time) K e m p o , O . , B . A . (Alta.), M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , P h . D . (Brit. Col.), French Kilgore, G . S . , M . A . (Simon Fraser), History Kilian, (Columbia), C, B.A. M.A. Fraser) Communications K i n g a n , E . N . , N . D . D . (Blackpool), A . T . D . (Manchester), Teachers Cert. (Manchester) Teachers Cert. B . C . , Art and K.A., B.Mus. Col.), M u s i c and Kowall, T.W., (Brit. C o l . ) , (part-time) M.Mus. M.A. Director L e s k a r d , S . , D i p l . (St. M a r t i n ' s , L o n d o n ) , Art Media Media (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (part-time) (Brit. C o l . ) , Counsellor (N.Y. (Columbia), Librarian (Sir G e o r g e Management Ramirez, P . S . , B.Sc. (Chile), Teaching Cert. B . C . , S p a n i s h , (part-time) Reesor, D.T., Chartered Accountant, Business M a n a g e ment (part-time) R e a d , D . W . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , P h . D . (McGill), Chemistry, Co-ordinator and Division Chairman Lucas, G . F . , B . M u s . (Brit. Col.) M u s i c (part-time) State), E n g l i s h (part-time) M a c l a g a n , D . T . , A . O . C . A . , R . I . D . I . A . , I . D . C , A r t (parttime) M a c N e i l l , M . , B . A . (Alta.), M . A . ( M a n . ) , P h . D . (Calgary) Psychology M a h , J . G . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , B . S . W . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S . W . Reid, B., B . A . (Alta.), Communications Reid, F., M . A . (Edinburgh), French Rennie, L . J . M . , B.S. (Brigham Young), Early Childhood Education, (part-time) R e n n i e , R., B . S . ( B r i g h a m Y o u n g ) , M . S . (Brigham Young), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), Mathematics and Co-ordinator (Toronto), C o u n s e l l o r Reveley, M . T . , B . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , M u s i c , (part-time) M a r l a t t , D . S . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Indiana), E n g l i s h (part-time) M a r s h a l l , D . F . , E l e m . " B " C e r t . B . C . , A r t , (part-time) M a r x , J . , B . A . (Stanford), M . A . ( C o l u m b i a ) , English (part-time) M a r x , S . , A . B . ( C o l u m b i a ) , M . A . (Stanford), E n g l i s h a n d C o - o r d i n a t o r of F i n e A r t s , R e l i g i o u s S t u d i e s a n d Philosophy Matsuda, H., B.A. (Kwansei Gakuin), B . C . (Kwansei R i c h m o n d , L . J . , M . A r t E d . (Western W a s h . State College) Teacher Cert. (London, England) Art, (part-time) Ricker, N . A . , B . A . (Calif.), M . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , P h . D . (Brit. Col.), Biology and Outdoor Recreation. Ridgewell, C . A . , B.Sc. (Southampton), M.A. (Simon Fraser), Sociology, Social Sciences Personnel and Evaluation Co-ordinator, (part-time) Robinson, D.D., Chartered G a k u i n ) , J a p a n e s e (part-time) Accountant, Business Man- R o s e n b e r g , A . C , B . A . (Toronto), M . A . (Toronto), Fine Teachers Cert. agement, M c G i l l i v r a y , B . P . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.), Geography M c K e o w n , T., B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , E n g l i s h (part-time) M c L a r e n , D . , C e r t . S h e r i d a n C o l l e g e S c h o o l of D e s i g n , (part-time) A r t s , (part-time) Ross, B.A., B. J o u r n a l i s m (Missouri), ( B r i t . C o l . ) , C o m m e r c e , (part-time) Art S a l t e r , R., B . A . ( N . Y . S t a t e ) , M . A . ( N . Y . S t a t e ) , S o c i o l o g y (part-time) Sanguinetti, S . P . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. Col.), Political Science Sayre, J . , B . S . B . A . (Denver), M . A . (Boston), E c o n o m i c s S c h e i n , L., B . A . ( S t a n f o r d ) , M . A . ( S a s k . ) , P s y c h o l o g y , (part-time) * S c h e r m b r u c k e r , W m . G . , B . A . ( C a p e t o w n ) , P. G r a d . C e r t , in E d . ( L o n d o n ) , M . A . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , P h . D . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , English and Co-ordinator S i d d a l l , P . , R o y a l C o l l e g e of A r t , L o n d o n , E n g l a n d . R e t a i l M i c h a e l s , L., B . S c . ( A l t a . ) , B . E d . ( A l t a . ) , C o m m u n i c a t i o n s (part-time) M i e r , P . L . , B . A . (Simon Fraser), M . A . (Toronto), Political Science (part-time) M o e , S . E . , B . A . (Americas), M . A . (Mexico), D.S., B.A. (Simon Fraser) Priester, C . L . , F . C . B . A . (Queens), B . A . W i l l i a m s ) , M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , Business and Co-ordinator Electricity/Electronics L i t t l e , D . V . , R . N . (St. P a u l ' s ) , P . H . N . ( B r i t . C o l . ) E a r l y C h i l d h o o d Education and C o m m e r c e (part-time) L i n d , K . M . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , A n t h r o pology Mole, Vancouver, P r i c e , C M . , B . S . M u s . ( D a n b u r y State), M . A . M . S . C . (Oregon), Reference and Business M a n a g e m e n t Dipl. Podolak, P . , Retail F a s h i o n s (part-time) Chemistry B . H . S c . (Guelph), Graphic Plant, L . P . , C o m m e r c e (part-time) L e e , G . , B . S c . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , M . S c . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , P h . D . (Brit. Mees, M . , Art C , Penn, M . H . , B . A . (Alta.), M . A . LeCouteur, P., B.Sc. (Auckland), M . S c . (Aukland), P h . D . MacKinlay, J.D., B.A. den O u d e n , Resources Paulson, J . C . , B . F . A . (Pacific Lutheran), A r t , (Brandeis), M . A . ( D u k e ) , P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e (part-time) Col.), Physics, Institute, Resources. Lavalle, E . M . , B . C o m m . (Brit. C o l . ) , L L . B . (Brit. C o l . ) , (Calif.), O ' C o n n o r , R., G r a d . R y e r s o n P o l y t e c h n i c a l Business M a n a g e m e n t , (part-time) P a r e i s , E . N . , B . S c . ( R u t g e r s ) , P h . D . (Texas), P s y c h o l o g y ) (Stanford), Learning Assistance Program (Victoria), Business P a p e , A . G . , B . A . (Toronto) M . A . (Brit. Co-ordinator A.B. (Brit. Col.), M . M u s . Page, A . C , B . A . (Toronto), M . A . (Simon Fraser), M e d i a Resources K i r c h n e r , H . B . , B . E d . ( B r i t . C o l . ) , M . S c . (Simon Fraser), P e r m . B . C . T e a c h i n g C e r t . , D e a n of C a r e e r P r o g r a m s Kobylansky, Management Cert., van Co-ordinator K i s s , A . , B . E d . Sec. (Brit. Col.), C o m m e r c e Business Norris, R . W . , Chartered Accountant M a n a g e m e n t , (part-time) (part-time) (Simon (Brit. Col.), (Cambridge), M.A. Psychology (Brit. Col.), E c o n o m i c s (part-time) Molnar, F . S . , Dipl. Fine Arts (Pennsylvania), Moseley, B., B . A . (Calif.), M . B . A . M a n a g e m e n t (part-time) (Calif.), Art Fashions, (part-time) Business Siegrist, B . G . , M . B . A . (Simon Fraser), Counsellor 5 S l e e m a n , A . , A . A . (Sierra College), B . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , V i c k a r s , K . , P e r m , T e a c h i n g Cert. (Brit. C o l . ) , D i p l . P i t m a n ' s B u s i n e s s C o l l e g e , S e n i o r C o - o r d i n a t o r for M . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , M u s i c Career/Vocational S m i t h , A . P . D . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . (Queens), Director of P l a n n i n g Somers, C M . , B . A . (Minnesota), E n g l i s h (part-time) Spratt, P . J . T . , B . A . (York), M . A . (Toronto), Principal Stewart, B . E . A . , B . A . (Man.), M . A . (Man.), F r e n c h , (part-time) Stewart, V . J . , R o y a l S o c i e t y of A r t s Dipl., Programs W a d e , L . K . , B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), P h D . (Australian National), Biology, and Co-ordinator W a r d , P.R., B.Sc. (Simon Fraser), Mathematics, (part-time) W a t e r m a n , A . , B . S c . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . S c . (Simon Fraser), B.C. Teaching Cert., Mathematics Commerce, Stewart, W . , C o m m e r c e , (part-time) Watts, R.D., B.Comm. ment, (part-time) Taylor, B . E . , B . M u s . (Brit. C o l . ) , M u s i c , (part-time) W h i t t a k e r , E . N . , B . A . (Brit. Col.) E n g l i s h (part-time) Taylor-White, D., Art. (part-time) Dipl. (Wimbledon Tejani, B., B . A . (London), M . A . (Nairobi), E n g l i s h , (part-time) College), (Cambridge), W i g g i n s , Y . , R . I . A . , C o m m e r c e , (part-time) Ph.D. Williams, A . , College (part-time) Williamson, L.P., of B.A. Art (Hull, (Victoria), England), M.A. Art, (Carleton), C o m m e r c e , (part-time) W i l m i n k , S . , B . A . (Brit. Col.), M . A . (Brit, Col.), R u s s i a n , (part-time) T h o m p s o n , Y . E . D . D i p l . ( V . V . I . ) , C o m m e r c e , (part-time) W i l s o n , G . F . D . , B . S c . ( N . Y . State), M . A . (Brit. Col.), G e o g r a p h y a n d S o c i a l S c i e n c e s Internal C o - o r d i n a t o r B.Ed. (Brit. Col.), (Brit. Fraser), Col.), Tilley, W . F . , ordinator M.A. Manage- W h i t e , B . P . , B . A . (Simon Fraser), M . A . (Simon Outdoor Recreation and Co-ordinator Art, T h i e l , K . H . , G r a d . E n g i n e e r , (Mechanical State E n g i n e ering College - Hamburg), M.B.A. (Western Ontario), Bursar T o m l i n s o n , A . G . , B . A . (Brit. C o l . ) , G e o l o g y , (part-time) (Brit. C o l . ) , Business Commerce and Co- T o w s o n , K . V . , B . S c . (Simon Fraser), M a t h e m a t i c s , time) (part- W o o d , A . J . , N a t i o n a l D i p l . in D e s i g n Teachers D i p l . (Liverpool), A r t Tunstall, J . D . B . , Teaching Cert. B.A. W o r m a n , E . , B . A . ( T o r o n t o ) , D i p l . C h i l d S t u d y , (Toronto), Early Childhood Education and Co-ordinator (Admore, N.Z.), Y o u n g , D . E . , B . A . (Simon Fraser)., B . T . S . D . (Brit. C o l . ) , M . A . ( B r i t . C o l . ) G e o g r a p h y , ( p a r t - t i m e ) V e n n e , R . A . , B . C o m m . (Loyola), M . B . A . Business M a n a g e m e n t , (part-time) (Liverpool), Zimmerman, W . A . , Art, (McMaster), V i c k , A . H . , B. C o m m . (Brit. C o l . ) , B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t , (part-time) (part-time) O n S a b b a t i c a l for the 1975-76 C o l l e g e T e r m . 6 Art Residents have priority of admission to all College classes. The resident status of a student is established prior to r e g i s t r a t i o n . T h e responsibility for registering under correct status is the responsibility of the student. A student whose resident status is in question will be required to provide documentary evidence (such as an affidavit of residency) or proof to obtain entrance as a resident. I Admission Information Capilano College is operated primarily for residents of the three school districts of Howe Sound, West Vancouver and North Vancouver, which comprise the College Region. Students from Other Countries A student from outside Canada who does not qualify as a resident of the College District must present proper documentation (1mm. #1000) to indicate that he is a Landed Immigrant in Canada before his Application for Admission will be considered. Applications for immigrant status in process will not be considered. Application for Admission on a student visa originating from outside Canada will not be accepted. Students holding diplomatic visas will be considered. A student from a country in which English is not the common language must satisfy the Registrar that his knowledge of English is sufficient to permit the successful pursuit of studies. He may be required to write an English Language proficiency test prior to admission. ADMISSION Capilano College will accept students who meet any one of the following criteria: 1. a. Persons with B . C . Secondary School graduation or its equivalent. b. Persons 18 years of age or over. c. Grade 12 students fiom B . C . secondary schools who are within one or two courses of completion of B . C . secondary school graduation. d. Secondary school students of the College Region who are capable of profiting at the College level and who have the written recommendation of their school principal. 2. Non-Canadian students will be admitted if they are landed immigrants or residents of the College Region as defined in Residency Status, who can demonstrate proficiency in the English language. H O W TO A P P L Y Any student who wishes to attend the College who does not meet the entrance requirements in points (1) and (2), may formally apply for admission and have his case reviewed by the Admissions Committee. 1. Obtain an Application Form, College Calendar, and timetable. 2. Fill out the Application Form, and tentatively select desired courses. 3. New students desiring credit for academic or career experience completed elsewhere should attach their official school or university transcripts or evidence of career, experience with their completed application to facilitate speedy processing. Transfer credit is not granted a u t o m a t i c a l l y . T h e student must request credit for specific courses. 3. Students enrolled in C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e Vocational Programs may be admitted in accordance with Departmental registration criteria for vocational courses: i.e., be 16 years of age or over, possess an interest in and an aptitude for a particular occupation and have completed at least grade 10 or the equivalent. 4. A l l new students may request an interview with a Counsellor in the Student Services Centre. They are encouraged to consult with a Counsellor or Instructor before applying for admission to any of the College courses. Counsellors are available during evening hours to assist students. RESIDENCY STATUS Residents of the College Region are defined as follows: a) A person who has lived in the College Region for at least four months as of the first day of the term being applied for or b) A person who has attended a Secondary School in the College Region at some time or c) A person who is currently paying school taxes in the College Region, or whose parents or legal guardians are currently paying school taxes in the College Region. 5. Send or bring the application to the Student Services Centre. 6. Grade 12 students in the College Region may take advantage of the College's High School Liaison program by completing the application process outlined above in their own High School prior to graduation. Consult High School Counsellors for special appointment schedules in the school. 7 All new students are encouraged to consult with their instructors, especially in the following situations: a) Admissions interviews into Career grams (see "Career Programs"). b) Auditions or music courses. Pro- Returning students should consult their Instructors in their major areas and check course changes and transferability status. W H E N TO A P P L Y Students may commence studies at Capilano College at the beginning of any term. They should apply for admission in advance of the registration date of their first term (see College Calendar for registration dates). All admission enquiries should be addressed to: The Registrar, Capilano College, 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. Telephone 980-7511 ELIGIBILITY TO REGISTER Once the application has been processed, new students will receive a Notice of Eligibility to Register, along with a Registration Booklet. They may then register either by mail as indicated in the College Year or in person in the Cafe-theatre of the Lynnmour campus, Purcell Way, North Vancouver, between September 3rd and 5th (Fall Term), January 6th and 8th (Spring Term), and May 5th and 7th (Summer Term). Consult your Registration Booklet for detailed information about mail and in person registration proceedures and times. Registration is on a "first come, first served" basis, and certain classes have a limited number of available seats. Former students may register on the first day of each registration period September 2nd (Fall Term) January 5th (Spring Term) as well as the remaining days. Students are reminded to register as early as possible. Students registering by mail may have to choose alternate sections later if their first choice is already filled. RETURNING S T U D E N T S Returning students may register at any time during the registration periods. Former students may register on the first day of each registration period September 2nd (Fall Term) January 5th (Spring Term) as well as the remaining days. Students who have been previously disqualified should consult a Counsellor in the Student Services Centre about their eligibility. All former students should bring their college statements of grades with them when they register. CAREER PROGRAMS Due to physical limitations and job placement, acceptance in certain Career Programs is by selection of the Career Program Co-ordinator. It is anticipated that the following Career Programs will require early application and special admission interviews for the 1975-76 academic year for: 1. Early Childhood Education 2. Business Management 3. Outdoor Recreation 4. Media Resources 5. Retail Fashions 6. Art FINANCIAL I N F O R M A T I O N Post-dated cheques will not be accepted. Separate cheques for tuition fees and Student Society fees will not be accepted. Fees are not transferable from one term to another. Tuition Fees $7.00 per hour to a maximum of $105.00 Student Society Fee (Normally Non-Refundable). $2.00 per course to a maximum of $10.00. This fee does not apply to courses given in the Howe Sound School District, or to students registering in only one course. Late registration Fee L A T E REGISTRATION Late Registration w i l l end five college teaching days after the first day of classes. Students wishing to enter a class after the last day of Late Registration may do so only with the written consent of the Instructor concerned, provided there is space in the classroom. $5.00 per course per term to a maximum of $25.00. Payment of a Late Registration fee is not required if a student has registered before the deadline and wishes to add a course. The Late Registration fee is in effect as of the first day of lectures in a term, and is charged unless waived in writing. apply for the allowance at the Student Services C e n t r e . Successful applicants will receive payment from the Howe Sound School Board. DEFERRED FEES Students unable to pay the full amount of their tuition fees may pay their tuition on a deferred fees basis. All other fees are due and payable in full at the time of Registration. Students wishing to defer tuition fees may start the process by filling out an Application for Deferred Tuition Fees, available in the Student Services Centre. Tuition fees may be deferred on the following schedule: Credit Hours Total Tuition Fee Due Minimum DownPayment Maximum Deferred Payment $21.00 $42.00 $63.00 $84.00 $105.00 $105.00 $16.80 $33.60 $50.00 $50.00 $52.50 $52.50 $4.20 $8.40 $13.00 $34.00 $52.50 $52.50 3 6 9 12 15 15 + Refunds 1. Late fees are refundable only when a course is cancelled. 2. A complete refund of fees is made when courses or programs are cancelled. 3. Refunds may be granted to a student on the basis of a complete or partial official withdrawal (see scale below). 4. Students who enrol during Early Registration and withdraw before the first day of classes will receive an 80% refund of fees. 5. All Student Society fee refunds are made through application to the Treasurer, Student Society. The above schedule refers to tuition fees only. Student Association Fees and Lab fees are not included; these fees have to be paid at time of registering. Scale of Withdrawal Refunds Special Fees a) 80% of tuition fees from the date classes commence until 14 days later, inclusive of both dates. Students should be aware that C a r e e r Program courses may require an assessment for supplies or special activities, and should be prepared to pay these special fees at the time of registration. In most cases the amount to be assessed is stated in the introduction to the program. For further information, contact the program co-ordinator. Students whose fees will be paid by agencies, other than Government S c h o l a r s h i p s , are required to present a letter to this effect at registration. b) 50% of tuition fees from the day following the last day specified in (a) until 14 days later, inclusive of both dates. c) From the day following the last day specified in (b) until the end of the term, no refund will be granted. Refund Deadlines SPECIAL F E E W A I V E R FOR SENIOR CITIZENS Any person 65 years of age or over will be entitled to free tuition. Applicants for this special senior citizen fee waiver need only produce appropriate identification such as the Courtesy Card for Senior Citizens or their Pharmacare card. Senior citizens will pay all other required fees, i.e., lab fees, student fees. FALL September 26 —Last day to receive a refund of 80% of tuition fees. —Last day to receive a refund October 10 of 50% of tuition fees. SPRING January 30 February 13 —Last day to receive a refund of 80% of tuition fees. —Last day to receive a refund of 50% of tuition fees. Assistance — Howe Sound Students SUMMER The Howe Sound District will provide financial assistance to resident students attending four or more Capilano College courses offered outside that district, in the form of an allowance of $50.00 per month. Students should May 19 May 26 9 —Last day to receive a refund of 80% of tuition fees. —Last day to receive a refund of 50% of tuition fees. ESTIMATED EXPENSES Students from outside the College Region should be prepared to meet additional expenses for Room and Board. Students entering Capilano College for the first time should have sufficient funds to cover the expenses of a four-month term. A student enrolled in a full program and who lives at home would require approximately $918.00 to meet the out-of-pocket expenses of a four-month term or $1,836.00 for an equivalent academic year of two terms. Certain career courses also require additional fees for materials and extra skills courses. H O W E SOUND C E N T R E Students attending classes in Squamish should check for special dates and course offerings given there during the 1975-76 academic year. Information may be obtained from the Director of Adult Education, Box 250, Squamish, B.C., (Phone 892-5228), College Co-ordinator in Squamish: Avrille Gosling (898-3681), or from the Student Services Centre. Course offerings will be limited and subject to sufficient enrolment. The cost per term for a full-time student may be estimated as follows: Tuition fees Student Society fees Books and supplies Local transportation Miscellaneous expenses $105.00 10.00 80.00 96.00 184.00 $475.00 10 LIST C II Academic Information Art English Literature Fine Arts Modern Languages Music History Philosophy General Studies Religious Studies THE ACADEMIC YEAR The Academic Year is divided into two terms, Fall and Spring, and a Summer Session of two months. A course pursued progressively for two terms normally constitutes an academic year in that subject. CREDIT HOURS A credit hour normally represents one hour per week of classroom work per term. Most courses offered are three credit hour courses. As such, they normally require three class hours per week and may, in addition, require laboratories, seminars and tutorials. COLLEGE CERTIFICATE A certificate will be awarded to a student who completes the requirements of a prescribed Vocational-Technical or Career Program (except B.C.I.T. transfer programs) or its equivalent, provided that he has earned at least three credit hours in English and has a Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.00 or better. STATUS OF STUDENTS A C C O R D I N G TO PROGRAM Full-time College Student — A full-time College student is one who is enrolled in at least fifteen credit hours of academic work, or one who is enrolled in a full Career Program. Part-time College Student — All other students. Note: There is no required minimum number of courses which must be taken at Capilano College. ASSOCIATE IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA A student who has completed the requirements of any four-term College program may receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma, provided he has fulfilled the following conditions: He must have completed at least sixty credit hours of work or its equivalent, including the requirements listed below. a) The last thirty credit hours must completed at Capilano College. COURSE OVERLOAD REGULATIONS During the Fall and Spring Terms, a student may not take more than sixteen credit hours of academic courses or more than the full requirements of a Career Program without written permission from the Dean of Student Services, or a Counsellor in Student Services. be b) A Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.00 from the sixty best credit hours must be attained. c) The requirements of the program in which the student is enrolled must be completed. d) Three credit hours in English must be earned, plus six credit hours made up of one course each from any two of the three following lists: LIST A LIST B Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Geology General Studies Education Economics Geography Political Science Psychology Sociology Anthropology General Studies Education ATTENDANCE A student is expected to attend all classes in which he is registered. Since evaluation of progress in any course is cumulative, based on class assignments, participation and examinations, regular attendance may be essential for success. Irregular attendance may result in lowered grades or suspension. A student absent from classes because of prolonged illness is advised to notify the Student Services Centre, as soon as possible, in the event that a medical certificate may be required to re-instate him. If illness prevents a student from writing a final examination or assignment he may be assigned a grade or granted a deferral, at the discretion of his Instructor. In such cases, a physician's certificate must be submitted to the Student Services Centre within one week of the date of the examination or due date of the assignment. 11 C O L L E G E IDENTIFICATION C A R D S S T A T E M E N T OF G R A D E S Students receive Polaroid Identification Cards at Registration which are used as library cards. Those who register by mail or phone should make arrangements to secure their Polaroid Identification Cards in the Registration Room, prior to commencing classes. In the event of the loss of a College Identification Card, a duplicate may be obtained from the Student Services Centre upon application and the payment of two dollars. A statement of Grades is mailed to students at the end of each term. Grades will not be released to students prior to the mailing date and time. All obligations relating to admissions documents, tuition fees, library books or fines, rentals, loans or borrowed equipment must be met before any Statement of Grades, transcripts, certificate or diploma will be released. M a c h i n e errors and omissions in the Statements of Grades should be reported immediately in person or in writing to the Student Services Centre. If a course is repeated, the previous grade will remain on a student's Permanent Student Record; however, only the higher grade will be included in his Cumulative G . P . A . GRADING Capilano College uses the following categories of grading and recording. LETTER G R A D E M E A N I N G G R A D E POINTS A B C D F 1* W* Superior Above Average Satisfactory Minimal Pass Failed Incomplete Withdrawn 4 3 2 1 0 0* 0* A P P E A L OF FINAL G R A D E S If a student wishes to appeal a final grade, his request must be submitted in writing to the Dean of Student Services. Appeals by proxy will not be considered. A letter of appeal must state the grounds of appeal and be accompanied by a fee of five dollars for each course in which re-assessment is sought. A student may appear before the Appeals Committee, if he wishes. Appeals, with the appeal fee, must be received by the Dean of Student Services not later than the following appeal deadlines: *Not calculated in Grade Point Average "I" GRADES " I " grades are given at the end of a term when, in the judgement of the Instructor, the student would have a reasonable expectation of passing the course but has not completed the work required of him. A n " I " grade is only awarded where the Instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is noted in the class list with grades. Where an " I " grade is granted in Fall term: Spring Term: Summer Term: January 16,1976 May 14,1976 July 16,1976 Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee, chaired by the Dean of Academic Instruction, consisting of representatives of faculty, students, and the Dean of Student Services, and, in each case, all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. The student will be informed in writing of the Committee's decision. If the mark is changed, the five dollar fee will be refunded; otherwise, it will be retained. Appeals will not be considered unless the above procedure is followed. M a c h i n e errors and omissions in the Statement of Grades will be corrected as soon as identified, without appeal or cost to the student. a p r e - r e q u i s i t e c o u r s e , it s h o u l d b e c o n v e r t e d o n or b e f o r e the first day of lectures in the term in which the student wishes to register in the sequential course. If this is not done, the student must seek a pre-requisite waiver in writing in order to enter the advanced course. A C A D E M I C DIFFICULTIES P R O C E D U R E Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an Instructor to a Counsellor in the Student Services Centre. The student is encouraged to consult with his Instructor and Counsellor to evolve a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. A C A D E M I C RECORD A N D OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPT The Student Services Centre maintains a permanent record of each student's courses, credits, and grades. Only a laminated copy bearing the signature of the Registrar, or his authorized representative, and the Official College Seal, constitutes an official transcript. Official transcripts are available at the Student Services Centre upon completion of a Transcript Order Form and payment of a fee of 50 cents per G R A D E POINT A V E R A G E Grade Point Averages are reported on each Permanent Student Record. The G . P . A . is the sum of the grade point hours earned in the term divided by the number of credit hours taken which are applicable to the Grade Point computation. 12 or submit essays. Audit students will be accepted on a space-available basis, with preference given to credit students. transcript. Transcripts are issued only at the request of the student. Information on the Permanent Student Record is not released to outside agencies or other persons without the consent of the student. C O U R S E CREDITS A student will receive credit only for the courses and sections in which he is officially registered, according to the records in the Student Services Centre. PROVISIONAL STANDING A student who has not maintained a scholastic standard acceptable to the College is subject to Provisional Standing. PERMANENT STUDENT NUMBER (a) A student is placed on Provisional Standing after he has attempted at least 15 credit hours with a Term G . P . A . of 1.50 or less. Provisional S t a n d i n g is noted on his Permanent Student Record, and the student is advised by letter. The permanent student number assigned when a student first applies for admission remains unchanged throughout his College career unless his name is changed at a later date. This number controls all student records, Statements of Grades, etc., and the College Identification Card. (b) Upon re-registration, the student is expected to achieve a Term G . P . A . of over 1.50. If this occurs, the student is no longer on Provisional Standing. If this does not occur, the student is required to withdraw for at least one term, unless he elects to switch to a different college program, e.g., academic to career, or vice versa. C H A N G E OF N A M E OR A D D R E S S It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Student Services Centre of any changes in name, address or phone number from the information provided on the application form. A student wishing to receive his grades at an address different from his home or term address may do so by contacting the Student Services Centre. (c) A student who has withdrawn from the College, as outlined in Section (b) above, may re-register after one term's absence from the College. COURSE OR SECTION C H A N G E S (d) If a student who has been required to withdraw wishes to re-enter the College without a term's absence and can demonstrate exceptional circumstances that caused his disqualification, he may petition the Admissions C o m m i t t e e for c o n s i d e r a t i o n , by writing a letter to the Dean of Student Services outlining his exceptional circumstances. A change must be submitted to the Student Services Centre. A course change requires the signature of a Counsellor. A change will be permitted at any time after a student has registered until the following dates: 1975 Fall Term: 1976 Spring Term: 1976 Summer Term: September 11th April 9th May 12th The period for switching courses and sections is five days from the date classes commence. S t u d e n t s wishing to switch courses or sections after this date may do so only with the written consent on the Course Change Form of the Instructor whose section(s) they wish to enter. REPEATING A COURSE Courses may be repeated for the purpose of raising grades. Credit will be granted for the duplicate course receiving the higher grade. VISITORS A person may attend a class session as a visitor for a limited period of time, provided he has permission from the Instructor in advance. This privilege does not extend to science and language labs or courses requiring the use of machinery or materials. A visitor is not registered, does not sit examinations, does not receive credit and attends not more than 3 weeks during the term. OFFICIAL W I T H D R A W A L F R O M COURSES OR C O L L E G E A student may withdraw at any time up to the term deadlines as follows: 1975 Fall Term: 1976 Spring Term: 1976 Summer Term: November 28th April 2nd June9th Before withdrawing officially, an Instructor's signature is required on the withdrawal form. If a student ceases attending a course, but does not drop it officially, an " F " grade results. In the case of an official withdrawal, the subject does not appear on the Permanent Student Record and no academic penalty results. AUDITING A student may attend all meetings of a class without receiving credit. As an auditor, he pays the normal tuition fee and registers as an audit student. He does not normally sit examinations 13 Procedure to Withdraw from A Course T R A N S F E R CREDIT A student obtains a course change form at the Student Services Centre. After obtaining the signature of the Instructor the form should be deposited at the counselling reception desk. Prior to dropping a course a student may choose to discuss with a Counsellor the implications of the change for future programs or transferability. If the withdrawal of a course means a complete withdrawal from the semester the student must obtain the signature of a Counsellor. Transfer credits are credits granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Student Services Centre for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. A D V A N C E D STANDING Advanced standing is standing to a certain level in a subject area granted to students on admission. The faculty concerned examine the applicant's previous work or ask him to take an examination which places him at a certain level in the sequence of courses. No credit is given for levels below the standing granted. T R A N S F E R TO A N D F R O M O T H E R INSTITUTIONS Students who enter Capilano College on an academic transfer program and anticipate transfer to another educational institution should consult the Registrar of that institution prior to registering at Capilano. The transferability of courses taken at Capilano College is determined by the institution to which the student transfers. The College publishes a Transfer G u i d e (available in the Student Services Centre) outlining the transferability of appropriate c o u r s e s . Students planning to transfer to another institution should also discuss their plans with a College Counsellor, bearing in mind that the responsibility for final choice of courses or programs remains with the student. The Student Services Centre maintains an extensive library of calendars of other postsecondary institutions for the use of students and faculty. E X E M P T I O N STANDING — C A R E E R STUDENTS Students enrolling in a Career Program may be exempted from certain courses within the program upon the successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge in specific course areas. Such exemption standing will be noted on the Permanent Student Record. Students granted such exemptions will have their total course load reduced by the number of exempted credit hours to the maximum of two courses or six credit hours per academic year without effect upon the status of the Certificate or Diploma in the particular program. Such exempted credit hours are not necessarily transferable to other institutions. Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credit hours, may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the appropriate program co-ordinator and the Dean, Career Programs. B.C. Public Colleges There is an agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given at the admitting college. B.C.l.T. DEFINITION OF CREDIT H O U R S Students may enroll for the first year at Capilano College prior to transfer to B.C.l.T. in order to complete a two-year B.C.l.T. diploma in certain programs. " T h e number of class and other hours required for a given course shall not exceed the number of units or semester hours assigned that course unless the requirement is clearly stated in the vector description of the course published in the College Calendar." For example, the courses offered for three credits require student participation for a maximum of three hours, and at the option of the student, office, or tutorial work additional hours are arranged with the instructor. Laboratory sessions, field work, and studio work are mandatory where prescribed as part of the course. Vancouver City College Summer Team C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e students may attend Vancouver City College during a Summer Term, if the courses they require are not available during the Capilano College Summer Term. Interested students should consult a Counsellor in the Student Services Centre for detailed information to ensure complete transferability. 14 examined for achievement in a particular course of studies. Interested students are asked to inquire at Student Services for information on this procedure. FOURTH INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR An additional and optional fourth hour of instruction will be offered in each three credit hour course but will not necessarily follow the regular three hour instructional period. This extra educational opportunity may take the form of a workshop, seminar, field-trip or similar activity, at the discretion of each instructor and as circumstances a l l o w . Students should understand that fourth hour activities will not be a factor in determining final grades. Attendance will be on a voluntary basis. "WEEK-END" COLLEGE By September, 1975, the College may be operating on week-ends, offering courses in academic as well as career studies. Students are asked to inquire at Student Services for further information. COURSE C H A L L E N G E PROCEDURE The College has a policy outlined which permits students in certain courses to be 15 Ill General Information for Students In the Student Services Centre current vocational and counselling literature is on display for student use. Group Programs These are programs designed for personal development. They include programs to consider areas of personal growth, career choice, human sexuality and life style development. They are listed in the course offerings under Student Services. They are non-credit courses, generally offered without charge. Some have limited enrollment. S T U D E N T RESPONSIBILITIES Capilano College assumes that students who enroll will seriously attempt satisfactory completion of all studies which are undertaken. The College also assumes that students are mature and responsible and will conduct themselves accordingly. Testing Services The College also offers students a comprehensive testing programme. Vocational interest, personality and aptitude tests are available free of charge to students and residents of the community. Test results are often helpful in making career choices. A l l testing is done on a voluntary basis and results are confidential. Some classes are scheduled at Centres other than Lynnmour. Students are advised to make the best timetable for themselves in view of college services which are offered in West Vancouver, Howe Sound and other parts of North Vancouver. A l l courses for any one student may not necessarily be held at one Centre. Housing S T U D E N T SERVICES C E N T R E Students who live away from home while attending Capilano College may obtain accommodation listings from the Student Services Centre. Capilano College recognizes that not all learning for college students takes place within classroom settings. Nor that all educational growth stems from academic stimulus alone. Student Services provides alternatives so that students may experience social and personal growth in areas important to i n d i v i d u a l development. These services and programs are co-ordinated through the staff of the Student Services C e n t r e . These include c o u n s e l l i n g , group programs, vocational testing, housing, placement, financial a i d , athletics, recreation, student activities, school liaison, and the maintenance of student records. The Centre, located on the main floor of the Lynnmour Campus, is open during the daytime and evening hours (except Friday evening) on appointment or a drop-in basis. Placement The student information s e r v i c e a s s i s t s students in locating part-time casual and vocation employment. Student Services assist graduates in finding full-time positions. High School Equivalency Examinations Capilano College is an approved testing centre for the government sponsored High School Equivalency (GED) Examinations. These exams are written at least 4 times per year and are open to all individuals over 19 years of age. Information and application forms are available from the Student Services Centre. Counselling Financial A i d The services of trained counsellors are available to all students and to residents of the College Region. Counsellors assist students in the educational planning and provide guidance in the solution of academic and personal problems. The College counselling objective is to help students achieve self-direction in decision-making and planning. If you are experiencing difficulty of any kind with which you could use assistance you are encouraged to contact Student Services personnel. There is a reception desk located in front of the Student Services Centre at the Lynnmour Campus. Numerous individuals, organizations and agencies have made generous awards available to College students. Both government and private scholarships, bursaries and loans may be applied for. Detailed information on all awards and application forms are contained in the "Financial A i d " brochure, available at the Student Services Centre. Student Records All student records are housed in the Student Services Centre. These records are confidential, but a student's own file is open to him. 16 Lost and Found The "Lost and F o u n d " is located in the Student Services Centre. First Aid The First Aid room is located in the Annex next to the Cafetheatre. Parking Parking is available to all students behind the main building at the Lynnmour campus. W O M E N ' S STUDIES C E N T R E Following the establishment of a Women's Studies Program at Capilano College, the Women's Steering Committee was formed in April 1974 by the Capilano College Council as an administrative and advisory body. The Committee is composed of representatives from the College's faculty, staff and student body plus four community representatives. In May 1974 the Committee hired a program Coordinator to develop and implement programs and services for women. The program is expanding rapidly; credit courses are listed in this Calendar under the heading Women's Studies Program on page 21. In addition, a brochure listing all the programs, workshops and other special presentations offered specifically for women, are to be found in a separate brochure, published each term. The brochure is available at the College or by mail. Please ask for your name to be put on the mailing list. Outlines of the content of credit courses are available at time of registration. The Co-ordinator of the Women's Studies Program is available during the day and at time of registration to discuss the programs and your needs. Athletics Capilano College encourages a program of intramural, extramural and recreational athletics for both men and women students, under the supervision of the Athletic Director. The program includes rugby, hockey, basketball, volleyball, badminton and curling. Additional sports can and will be programmed as students indicate interest. The College is a participant in the B.C. Totem Conference Leagues as determined annually. Student Activity The Capilano College Student Society is incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia to co-ordinate all extra-curricular activities. The Student Services Centre acts in an advisory capacity to student-activity groups. All credit students are members of the Student Society when a Student Society fee is paid as determined by the Executive Council of the Society. All students are encouraged to participate in student activities, which are an integral part of their college education. Students interested in new types of student activity should contact the Student Services Centre to initiate planning and organization. LIBRARY HOURS Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 8:30 a.m. — 10:00 p.m. 8:30 a.m. — 10:00 p.m. 8:30 a.m. — 10:00 p.m. 8:30 a.m. — 10:00 p.m. 8:30 a . m . — 5:00 p.m. 10:00 a . m . — 5:00 p.m. 1:00 p.m.— 5:00 p.m. School Liaison LEARNING RESOURCES AREAS C o l l e g e C o u n s e l l o r s visit all secondary schools in the College Region each Spring to speak to student groups about opportunities offered by Capilano College. School students planning to enter the C o l l e g e may take advantage of early admission interviews at their school, by contacting their school Counsellor for the appropriate dates. In the design of its new facilities, the College has provided a series of "learning communities." Diffused services to support learning in the areas where students can most effectively confront all the resources required for mastery of a subject are accessible in each " c o m munity". 17 BOOKSTORE A bookstore, which caters especially to Capilano College students, but is also open to the general public, is located in B113 main building. AWARDS D E A N S ' LIST Special recognition will be accorded students who complete a full program of studies at the College with a 3.50 or higher grade point average during a term. Governor General's Silver Medal This medal is awarded each year by His Excellency the Governor-General of Canada to the graduating student who has achieved the best scholastic record in attaining his/her diploma at Capilano College. LEARNING RESOURCES CENTRES Media Centre A n important part of the instructional program, the Media Centre provides service through printed and audio-visual materials. Over 37,000 books, current subscriptions to more than 700 periodicals, along with a growing record, tape and film collection are available, as well as equipment for their use. Reference services for print and non-print material are available when the Media Centre is open. Capilano College sutdents have complete access to materials and services upon presentation of a current College Identification Card. Residents of the College district and teachers employed by school boards within the College district may, upon applying for a borrower's card, sign out material not in immediate demand by C o l l e g e students. A library handbook explaining the location and use of resources and services is available at all Media Centre locations and in the Student Services Centre. Merit List Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a 3.50 cumulative grade point average or higher who have s u c e s s f u l l y completed a minimum of 30 semester hours at Capilano College. L E A R N I N G ASSISTANCE P R O G R A M The Learning A s s i s t a n c e Program is a resource centre for persons seeking to improve their understanding of the learning process. The program is designed to stimulate careful thinking about such core educational ideas as skill, motivation, change of belief, and concept formation. Learning opportunities which already exist w i t h i n the C o l l e g e will be encouraged and advertised. Alternative learning environments, strategies, and techniques will be developed. Students may use learning assistance to improve their communication skills, analyze the circumstances of college education, and evaluate their own educational projects. The Learning Assistance Centre is acquiring research materials on a wide variety of learning theories and practices. Students and faculty alike will have access to materials and persons involved in experimental education, the University Without Walls program, the proposed United Nations world university, and the human dynamics of learning and t e a c h i n g . The learning Assistance Program is a tool for people to use in the realization of their educational goals. P L A G I A R I S M — A N D H O W TO A V O I D IT Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's words or ideas without acknowledging their source — as if they were one's own. Students in doubt about the need for acknowledgement should take care to avoid unintentional plagiarism by learning proper scholarly procedures. A document e x p l a i n i n g these procedures is available from the Media Centre, Student Services or Instructional Divisions. Intentional plagiarism is not only dishonest, but a rejection of the principles of scholarship. A plagiarized college assignment, therefore, will ordinarily receive no credit. At the Instructor's discretion, the plagiarist may receive an F for the paper or for the course. 18 CAREER PROGRAMS OFFERED IV Programs of Study 1975 - 76 The Career Programs Division prepares its graduates for positions in business and industry as well as in the field of the applied arts. The courses offered in the various programs are under constant review to make certain that students are exposed to the latest techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of employers in the business, industrial, professional and social services are constantly reviewing and making recommendations for all programs. The particular career program, and specific options within the various program divisions, offered in the 1975-76 academic year, are listed below. Capilano College offers combinations of courses representing a particular program, as well as individual courses for students seeking post-secondary educational opportunities. While students may select subjects from several fields, they generally choose one of the following programs: 1. Transfer Program 2. Career Program 3. Community Education 4. Vocational Program 5. Self Paced Learning 6. Women's Studies Program C R E A T I V E A N D A P P L I E D ARTS DIVISION 1. Crafts Option - 2 years 2. Communicative Arts Option - 2 years 3. Art Education Option - 2 years 4. Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Option - 2 years 5. Retail Fashions Program - 2 years 6. Career Music Program - 2 years Options: (a) Teaching Option (b) Performance Option (c) Production Option (d) Commercial Option The first two programs offer courses for credit toward a College Diploma. The Community Education Program provides for special course workshops, forums and other forms of educational experience without College credit throughout the academic year. G E N E R A L STUDIES Capilano College has a commitment to relevant, interdisciplinary education and teaching. While many Departments offer courses which speak to this need, the College has also established a program concerned specifically with interdisciplinary courses, the General Studies Program. Its courses are team-taught and look at particular topics from a variety of perspectives. All its courses receive both College credits and unassigned transfer credits, and some may carry disciplinary transfer credits. All questions concerning the program, courses and transferability should be directed to the Secretary of General Studies. BUSINESS DIVISION 7. Business Management Program (a) Administrative Management Option (b) Accounting & Financial Management Option (c) Marketing Management Option 8. Business Management Extension Program 9. B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t T r a n s f e r to BCIT Program - 1 year *10. Business Management Data Processing Program See descriptions under G E N E R A L STUDIES in the Calendar. TRANSFER PROGRAMS E D U C A T I O N DIVISION 11. Early Childhood Education Program - 2 years 12. Media Resources Program - 2 years 13. Basic Training for Skill Development (Vocational) - 6 months *14. Program for the Developmentally Handicapped. Numerous courses are available to students who wish to pursue programs leading to further study at university or B.C.I.T. Most of them receive direct equivalent credit in comparable disciplines at all British Columbia universities; some receive unassigned credit, signifying that they fulfill requirements for a major or as general electives. The subjects described in this calendar are offered as college-level courses. It is the responsibility of students to choose those appropriate to the senior institution, as well as to relate them to major fields of study. C O M M U N I T Y H E A L T H DIVISION 15. Family Care Worker (Vocational) months 19 - 2 E M P L O Y M E N T OPPORTUNITIES FOR T H E GRADUATE A P P L I E D S C I E N C E DIVISION 16. Outdoor Recreation Program - 2 years 17. Electricity/Electronics Transfer to BCIT 1 year *18. Wilderness Leadership Although employment opportunities for the graduates of career programs has to date been good, the College is in no position to guarantee job positions for the graduates of particular career programs. Employment opportunities are largely based on the advice of specialist Advisory Committees. The advice provided by these committees may be tempered by rapidly changing economic conditions, alterations in the requirements of certifying bodies, and the specific needs of particular employers. These conditions can completely alter the employment possibilities for individual graduates in a very short time. C O M M E R C E DIVISION 19. Administrative Science & Office Technology Program - 2 years 20. Legal Stenographer Program (Vocational) - 1 0 months 21. Medical Clerical Records Option -1 year 22. Paralegal Studies Option -1 year 23. Administrative Assistant Option -1 year 24. Advanced Secretarial Science Option - 1 year 25. Clerical Option - 1 year *26. Legal Assistant Program - 2 years COMMUNITY EDUCATION Early in 1975 a new Dean of Community Education will be appointed. The main focus of this Department will be meeting the needs of business and industry in the community by equipping students with the skills they require. It is anticipated that the role of this department will be to involve the College in the everyday life of the Community — mainly by identifying areas of special program interests and by extending regular course to part-time students, and to those in outlying areas. Its work includes the organization of public meetings, seminars, conferences and talks on topics of current concern, as well as the presentation of films, plays and musical events. It also offers special short courses, often granting credit towards a Capilano College Certificate or an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. The C o l l e g e , through this D e p a r t m e n t , invites members of the community to visit classes, subject to the instructor's permission and available seating space, in an attempt to inform them of the many regular evening or day courses offered as part of its university-transfer and Career Programs. S E L F P A C E D L E A R N I N G (SPL) C O M M E R C E VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS 27. Legal Stenographer - 1 0 months 28. Commercial Upgrading - 4 months *29. Court and Conference Reporting - 10 months *30. Employment Orientation for Women - 3 months *31. Legal Stenographer - 4 months 32. Medical Stenographer - 6 - 8 months *33. Commercial Bookkeeping - 1 0 months *Programs will be offered subject to final approval from the Department of Education, Victoria. It is a College policy to provide students with as much of a choice of programs and options as possible. However, it must be realized that limitations of space, equipment and economic instruction is likely to restrict the students' range of choice. The College therefore reserves the right to cancel options where numbers and facilities are inadequate. In the case where certain programs and options are over-subscribed the co-ordinator of the particular career division will determine student choice based on criteria such as suitability of student to the program, date of application, grade-point average, previously registered student p r i o r i t y , and the best qualified students are given first choice of program or option. Field placement and practicum form an important part of all career programs. Consequently, a full-time student's performance must be such that the faculty remain confident that h e / s h e w i l l perform satisfactorily in any subsequent term before the student will be admitted to classes in that term. In keeping with the College's policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is now possible for the student to pursue his studies in first year Political Science and first year Chemistry on a self paced time line. These packaged courses, prepared for home study with the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides and film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre, the opportunity to pursue College courses. They are also available to students who are attending any college centre, providing these students with a v i a b l e alternative to the usual lecture/tutorial instructional format. 20 W O M E N ' S STUDIES P R O G R A M this C a l e n d a r under Section VII C o l l e g e Courses. A brochure is also available each term listing additional short, non-credit courses, workshops and other presentations of special interest to women in the College and the community. Since its early, informal beginnings in 1973, a Women's Studies Program consisting of a variety of transfer credit, College credit and non-credit courses has been developed at Capilano College under the guidance of the Women's Steering Committee. The Women's Steering Committee, which serves an administrative function in relation to all segments of the Women's Studies Program, consists of representatives from the College faculty, staff and student body and four community representatives. A Co-ordinator for the courses and services offered was hired in the Spring of 1974 and is available to students or others seeking further information. The program is expanding rapidly and the courses are listed in W O M E N ' S STUDIES General Information In addition to the following listing of Women's Studies College credit courses and transfer credit courses, there are academic and career courses in other disciplines which will be of special interest to women. For further information contact the W o m e n ' s Studies Program Co-ordinator. 21 V Career Programs Career Programs offered at Capilano College prepare adults for employment in business and industry. All secondary school graduates are eligible for admission; those without Grade XII standing may also apply and will be considered on the basis of their particular experience, maturity, ability and interest. The suggested curriculum for each program includes required, recommended and elective courses. Every attempt is made to plan a program of studies best suited to individual needs; however, each student must assume final responsibility for selecting his program. In certain programs, students who complete the first year at Capilano College may transfer to the British Columbia Institute of Technology to complete their studies. In others, "on-the-job" experience will be developed and recognized. To provide the student with an insight into human nature, studies in the humanities and behavioural sciences form an important part of Career Programs.The student studies some of the methods of inquiry into the nature of man, the natural world and social institutions. These studies provide the prospective graduate with an opportunity to learn about the relationship of his career to the economic world in which he must perform. Art Program This recently expanded program offers a wide variety of Fine and Applied Arts courses which are structured into four basic options: 1. 2. 3. 4. Art Education Option Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Option Communicative Arts Option Crafts Option The Art Education and the B . F . A . Studio options are primarily for students intending to continue their studies following a one or two-year experience at this College, whereas the Crafts and the Communicative Arts options can lead directly into employment. Communications courses also form part of every Career Program. These are designed to assist the student to write clearly and speak well. Such courses provide the resources to back up the special talents of the Career Program graduate. N o t e : S t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in t h e A r t P r o g r a m s h o u l d b e p r e p a r e d to p u r c h a s e s u p p l i e s in a m o u n t s r a n g i n g f r o m $ 2 5 . 0 0 to $75.00 p e r t e r m . Lab Fees: There will be a $7.00 lab fee charged per course, per term. Lab fees must be paid at time of registration. The exceptions, for which no lab fees are changed, are: Art 100, 101,173, 193, 260, 261 and Communications 150, 153. Enrolment in some Career Programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. C o n s e q u e n t l y , those students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Co-ordinator prior to admission to the program. A R T E D U C A T I O N OPTION Consisting of basic art experiences designed to thoroughly prepare students for entry to the Vancouver School of Art or to any other Art School, this option is also appropriate for those wishing to enter fields where a generalized practical art background would be an advantage. In addition, the varied nature of the courses offered in this option provides an excellent opportunity for students to investigate the visual arts on a more tentative basis or to enrich their lives through creative experiences in selected areas of study. Students enrolled in other College programs are invited to take one or more courses on an elective basis. STUDENT COURSE A N D W O R K LOAD Career Program course work approximates 21 /2 hours per week. However, some programs may require as many as 32 hours and other as few as 16 hours per week. It is strongly recommended that students not accept employment while undertaking full-time studies in any one of the Career Programs. 1 22 selection, based on standing, courses and assessment of portfolios. The year of admission, whether second or third, will be at the discretion of the Department at U.B.C. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program requirements General Education requirements Electives ART EDUCATION FIRST T E R M 54 6 12 18 72 18 CREDIT LAB CURRICULUM . I n t r o d u c t i o n to the Visual Arts I A r t 154 General Drawing 1 A r t 158 Design 1 A r t 167 Sculpture I A r t 171 Painting 1 C m n s 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s Elective HOURS HOURS A r t 100 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 SECOND TERM A r t 101 I n t r o d u c t i o n to the V i s u a l A r t s II A r t 164 G e n e r a l D r a w i n g II A r t 172 P a i n t i n g 11 A r t 174 S c u l p t u r e II A r t 178 D e s i g n II C m n s 153 C o m m u n i c a t i o n a n d t h e A r t s .. Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Electives THIRD T E R M A r t 250 A r t 257 A r t 260 A r t 262 Elective Painting M e d i a I S c u l p t u r e III 19th a n d 20th C e n t u r y A r t Advanced Life Drawing I 3 3 3 3 3 15 FOURTH TERM A r t 255 A r t 261 A r t 263 A r t 265 Elective Painting M e d i a l l 19th a n d 2 0 t h C e n t u r y A r t A d v a n c e d L i f e D r a w i n g II S c u l p t u r e IV CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 30 6 12 36 78 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 15 6 6 B.F.A. STUDIO P R O G R A M TRANSFER CURRICULUM CREDIT LAB FIRST T E R M HOURS HOURS A r t 152 Life Drawing A r t 158 Design 1 F . A . 100 H i s t o r y of A r t I English A n y transferable course Elective Elective Elective 3 3 3 English 3 3 3 3 3 21 0 SECOND TERM A r t 178 A r t 184 F . A . 101 English ' S t u d e n t s w h o w i s h to s u b s t i t u t e E n g l i s h c o u r s e s for C o m m u n i c a t i o n 1 5 0 / 1 5 3 m a y do so w i t h the A r t C o ordinator's approval. D e s i g n 11 Life Drawing H i s t o r y of A r t II A n y transferable course 3 3 3 English Elective Elective Elective 3 3 3 3 21 U.B.C. B A C H E L O R OF FINE ARTS STUDIO OPTION 0 THIRD TERM English A r t 250 A r t 260 Elective Elective Elective This option is designed for students planning to apply for admission to the second or third year at U.B.C. in the B . F . A . Studio program. Those applying for this option are reminded that their admission to the U . B . C . program is by Painting M e d i a 1 19th a n d 20th C e n t u r y A r t 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 23 3 3 FOURTH T E R M English Art 255 Painting M e d i a l ! Art 261 19th and 20th Century Art Elective Elective Elective A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 Major Program requirements General Education requirements Electives 3 Students require the following academic transfer courses, which should be taken as electives: CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 54 30 6 6 66 30 CRAFTS CURRICULUM FIRSTTERM Art 154 General Drawing 1 Art 158 Design 1 Art 160 Fabric Printing I Art 168 Weaving I or Art 169 Weaving II Art 163 Pottery I Cmns 150 Basic Communications Science Foreign Language Studio Art Course C R A F T S OPTION The core content of this option consists of weaving, fabric printing and pottery but is supported by courses in drawing and design. Those who graduate may seek employment as instructors in a variety of community art programs or in institutions making use of Occupational Therapy. Alternatively, they may establish themselves as practising artists on either a full-time or part-time basis. The crafts offer ideal opportunities for individuals wishing to extend their leisure-time horizons and for students in other programs seeking electives. CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 3 3 3 SECOND TERM Art 161 Fabric Printing II Art 164 General Drawing II Art 165 Pottery II Art 168 Weaving I or Art 169 Weaving II Art 178 Design 11 Cmns 153 Communications and the Arts . THIRD T E R M Art 260 19th & 20th Century Art Art 267 Weaving III Art 273 Pottery III Art 284 Fabric Printing III Elective FOURTH T E R M Art 261 19th & 20th Century Art Art 268 Weaving IV Art 274 Pottery IV Art 285 Fabric Printing IV Elective 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 6 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 9 3 3 3 9 Students who wish to substitute English courses for Communications 150/153 may do so with the A r t Co-ordinator's approval. C O M M U N I C A T I V E ARTS OPTION A course of study specifically designed to qualify its graduates for immediate employment in the field of commercial art. The first two terms are devoted to developing basic skills and insights, equipping students to move into more specialized areas during the third and fourth terms. A variety of real or simulated visual communication problems will be carried out from initial concept to finished 24 A r t 192 Typography C m n s 1 5 3 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and the A r t s . Elective product and student portfolios will substantiate this "job experience" demanded by prospective e m p l o y e r s . It is recognized that not all graduates will seek immediate employment, some preferring to continue their studies at other institutions. Those planning to take this option should properly appreciate the fact that it is a period of intensive study which will demand much in the way of time and talent. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E 3 3 3 3 24 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 9 THIRD T E R M A r t 251 A r t 252 A r t 262 A r t 278 A r t 275 Elective Illustration Applied Design 1 Advanced Life Drawing I Graphic and Print M e d i a Rendering Techniques 3 DIPLOMA CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Electives 66 6 __9 24 81 24 FOURTH TERM A r t 253 A r t 263 A r t 269 A r t 279 A r t 280 Elective A p p l i e d D e s i g n II A d v a n c e d L i f e D r a w i n g II A d v a n c e d Illustration Display Design Design Workshop COMMUNICATIVE ARTS Business Management Programs The accelerating development of scientific knowledge and behavioural sciences increases the complexity of modern business management. In order to compete, the prospective business manager must not only be intelligent and hard-working but also have a good business education as well. This two-year, day-time program provides the student with a comprehensive education in basic managerial skills, and gives a practical foundation for those who wish to enter a career in business either as an independent entrepreneur or as a prospective employee-manager. After completion of the first two terms' course requirements the student may select one of s e v e r a l s e c o n d y e a r o p t i o n s FIRST T E R M Art Art Art Art Art Art 152 154 158 162 193 175 Life Drawing General Drawing 1 Design 1 Lettering & Type Graphic Communications P h o t o g r a p h y for t h e Graphic Arts C m n s 150 B a s i c C o m m u n i c a t i o n s i) The Administrative Management Option ii) The Accounting/Financial Management Option Mi) The Marketing Management Option iv) Transfer to one of several specialization options, at the B.C.I.T. Business Management Divisions second year program (see B.C.I.T. calendar for second year course descriptions). CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 3 3 3 3 3 It should be noted that students may enrol in individual B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t C o u r s e s without having to take a full program. This may be of interest to students who wish to complete educational requirements for other degrees or diplomas (e.g., B.Comm, C . A . , C . G . A . , R.I.A., I.C.S.A., A . P . A . , etc), since several courses carry t r a n s f e r a b i l i t y to other educational programs. 3 3 21 3 SECOND TERM Art Art Art Art Art 164 170 173 178 184 G e n e r a l D r a w i n g II Graphic Arts I n t r o d u c t i o n to A d v e r t i s i n g . . . . D e s i g n 11 Life Drawing namely. 3 3 3 3 3 25 Subject to the approval of the Co-ordinator, students enrolled in the day time program may transfer to the (evening) Business Management Extension Program. FOURTH B u s . M g m t . 269 B u s . M g m t . 265 CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE B u s i n e s s 171 B u s . M g m t . 257 B u s . M g m t . 284 CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives TERM B u s . M g m t . 261 B u s . M g m t . 296 F i n a n c e II M a n a g e m e n t Information Systems HumanResourceMgmt.il.. Q u a n t i t a t i v e A i d s to Decision M a k i n g B u s i n e s s L a w II T h e C o r p o r a t i o n & S o c i e t y .. Taxation 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 51 9 0 0 M A R K E T I N G M A N A G E M E N T OPTION 60 T h e a b o v e c e r t i f i c a t e is a w a r d e d a f t e r s u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n of t h e first t w o t e r m s of t h e p r o g r a m . C m n s 150 M a t h e m a t i c s 150 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A E c o n o m i c s 100 B u s . M g m t . 172 CREDIT HOURS Major Program requirements General Education requirements Recommended courses Electives CREDIT HOURS FIRST T E R M B u s . M g m t . 154 B u s . M g m t . 158 C m n s 161 102 0 0 0 B u s . M g m t . 180 102 Basic Communications Business Mathematics & Statistics I n t r o d u c t i o n to E c o n o m i c s . . . Administrative Practices & Organization Accounting I Marketing I H u m a n R e l a t i o n s in Management I n t r o d u c t i o n to D a t a Processing 3 6 3 3 6 3 3 3 30 ADMINISTRATIVE M A N A G E M E N T OPTION FIRST T E R M C m n s 150 M a t h e m a t i c s 150 E c o n o m i c s 100 B u s . M g m t . 172 B u s . M g m t . 154 B u s . M g m t . 158 C m n s 161 B u s . M g m t . 180 SECOND TERM CREDIT HOURS Basic Communications Business Mathematics & Statistics I n t r o d u c t i o n to E c o n o m i c s . . . Administrative Practices & Organization Accounting I Marketing I H u m a n R e l a t i o n s In Management I n t r o d u c t i o n to D a t a Processing C m n s 151 M a t h e m a t i c s 151 3 E c o n o m i c s 101 6 3 Bus. Bus. Bus. Bus. 3 6 3 Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. 162 155 159 262 B u s . M g m t . 176 3 Business Communications.. Applied Business Statistics Canadian Economics Macro & Micro Considerations Credits & Collections A c c o u n t i n g II M a r k e t i n g II Systems Analysis & Application 1 M a n a g e m e n t in I n d u s t r y . . . . 3 6 3 3 6 3 3 3 30 3 30 THIRD T E R M SECOND TERM C m n s 151 M a t h e m a t i c s 151 E c o n o m i c s 101 Bus. Bus. Bus. Bus. Bus. Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. 176 155 159 162 262 Business Communications.. A p p l i e d Business Statistics . Canadian Economics Macro & Micro Considerations M a n a g e m e n t in I n d u s t r y . . . . A c c o u n t i n g II M a r k e t i n g II Credits & Collections Systems Analysis & Applications 1 B u s . M g m t . 271 B u s . M g m t . 272 B u s . M g m t . 260 B u s i n e s s 170 B u s . 260 B u s . M g m t . 255 3 6 3 3 6 3 3 B u s . M g m t . 273 Retailing Consumer Behavior Finance 1 Business Law I Salesmanship Financial & Managerial Accounting I E l e m e n t s of A d v e r t i s i n g Strategy 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 30 FOURTH THIRD T E R M Bus. Bus. Bus. Bus. Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. 260 263 268 264 B u s . M g m t . 266 B u s i n e s s 170 B u s . M g m t . 270 Finance 1 Advanced Data Processing.. H u m a n R e s o u r c e M g m t . I... Managerial & Cost Accounting I Canadian Financial Institutions & M o n e y Markets Business Law I P e r s o n n e l A d m i n i s t r a t i o n ... TERM B u s . M g m t . 296 3 3 3 B u s . M g m t . 275 B u s . M g m t . 261 B u s . M g m t . 276 B u s i n e s s 171 B u s . M g m t . 157 B u s . M g m t . 277 4.5 1.5 3 3 B u s . M g m t . 278 Management Information Systems Marketing Research F i n a n c e II Marketing Management B u s i n e s s L a w II E l e m e n t s of M e r c h a n d i s i n g . International M a r k e t i n g OR Sales M a n a g e m e n t 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 21 26 The student may enrol in one or more courses during a given term with a maximum of five courses per term (i.e., 15 credit hours per week). Graduates of this program who have successfully completed the suitable courses may transfer to the second year of the B.C.l.T., Business Management Options (see B.C.l.T. Calendar for details). Such a transfer is subject to the recommendation of the Program Co-ordinator. Similarly, upon prior approval, students of the Extension Program may transfer to the (day-time) B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t Program. Prior to the commencement of the new term, the College will announce the selection of evening courses to be offered during that particular term. These courses will be selected from the Business Management courses list on page of this calendar. ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL M A N A G E M E N T OPTION CREDIT HOURS FIRST T E R M C m n s 150 M a t h e m a t i c s 150 E c o n o m i c s 100 B u s . M g m t . 172 B u s . M g m t . 154 B u s . M g m t . 180 B u s . M g m t . 158 C m n s 161 Basic Communications Business Mathematics & Statistics I n t r o d u c t i o n to E c o n o m i c s . . . Administrative Practices & Organization Accounting I I n t r o d u c t i n to D a t a Processing Marketing I H u m a n R e l a t i o n s in Management 3 6 3 3 6 3 3 3 30 SECOND TERM C m n s 151 M a t h e m a t i c s 151 E c o n o m i c s 101 B u s . M g m t . 176 B u s . M g m t . 155 B u s . M g m t . 262 B u s . M g m t . 162 B u s . M g m t . 159 Business Communications.. Applied Business & Statistics Canadian Economics Macro & Micro Considerations M a n a g e m e n t in I n d u s t r y . . . . A c c o u n t i n g II Systems Analysis & Application 1 Credits and Collections M a r k e t i n g II 3 6 3 3 6 CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 3 3 3 CREDIT HOURS 39 3 0 0 30 THIRD T E R M B u s i n e s s 170 B u s . M g m t . 263 B u s . M g m t . 260 B u s . M g m t . 264 B u s . M g m t . 280 B u s . M g m t . 266 B u s . M g m t . 265 Business Law I Advanced Data Processing.. Finance 1 Managerial and Cost Accounting I Auditing I Canadian Financial Institutions & Money Markets Q u a n t i t a t i v e A i d s to Decision M a k i n g 42 3 3 3 CREDIT A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 4.5 3 1.5 3 21 COMPUTER OPTION FOURTH TERM B u s i n e s s 171 B u s . M g m t . 296 B u s . M g m t . 261 B u s . M g m t . 274 B u s . M g m t . 284 B u s . M g m t . 282 B u s i n e s s L a w II M a n a g e m e n t Information Systems F i n a n c e II Managerial & Cost A c c o u n t i n g II Taxation A u d i t i n g II SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT 3 3 3 6 3 3 21 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T — PROGRAM HOURS 84 0 0 0 84 EXTENDED This flexible evening program is designed to serve those individuals who wish to achieve one or more of the following: i) A comprehensive education in business related topics, with an emphasis on an applied coverage of the subject. ii) Expertise in a specific area to meet job requirements and/or career goals. iii) Completion of specific courses to meet the requirements of other degrees and diplomas (e.g., C . A . , C . G . A . , R.I.A., A.P.A., B. Com., I.C.S.A.) 27 In North America, the number of computer installations has grown from about 2000 in 1960 to 100,000 in 1970 and is estimated to reach 400,000 by 1980. The computing industry is currently growing at a 20 percent annual rate indicating that it will not be too many years until this industry will have the same economic impact as the auto industry has to-day. This rapid growth has produced a serious shortage of qualified computer operators, programmers and systems analysts. Up to 1965, due to costs, computers were available only to the larger businesses. Today a need exists for versatile computer personnel people trained in computer operation, programming, systems analysis, the application of computers, and management. Developments in the last decade have brought computer c a p a b i l i t y to an everexpanding circle of smaller organizations. One such development has been the creation of efficient and low-cost minicomputers and small business computers. In terms of number of installations, these small and minicomputers now represent 83 percent of the total number of computer installations. These small organizations cannot afford specialists in each segment of computer application. This new two year program provides the students with the c o m p r e h e n s i v e training required to satisfy this new business need for a more versatile computer person. Due to limited spaces in the program, all interested persons should apply early. Candidates must have an interview with the Co-ordinator of the program. Entry to the program will be based on interest and aptitude. B u s . M g m t . 257 B u s . M g m t . 296 B u s . M g m t . 256 21 Administrative Science and Office Technology Programs Commerce is a broad field that offers men and women exceptional and exciting opportunities for rewarding positions in today's job market. Responsive to current and future employment trends, Capilano College provides advantages in training which meet the challenge of a technologically progressive community. With input from advisory committees, new programs are continually being developed, expanded or refined to meet the personal and professional needs of employees and employers. C o m m e r c e courses are d e s i g n e d to encourage and augment vocational skills and accomplishments; to increase versatility, initiative, resourcefulness; and to strengthen organizational and analytical abilities. Commerce courses enable men and women to contest available positions or prepare for potential openings in business, industry and government. Organized under the A D M I N I S T R A T I V E S C I E N C E A N D O F F I C E T E C H N O L O G Y PROG R A M , there are several possible occupational options from which to choose — for those considering a career, as well as for those presently employed. The primary objectives of study are to develop individual talents and professional skills to a high degree of proficiency and to provide a thorough u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the principles and practices of various professional and business offices. Persons with several years work experience may wish to " c h a l l e n g e " basic courses. Graduates of Capilano College are in great demand, and readily find employment as a d m i n i s t r a t i v e a s s i s t a n t s , office m a n a g e r s , executive s e c r e t a r i e s , etc., in law f i r m s , government departments, banks, investment houses, corporations, advertising and public relations agencies, hospitals and educational institutions. Students registered in any one of the options may participate in the Directed Work Experience Laboratories held during Fall, Spring, and Summer terms. These laboratories furnish students with practical experience, and the opportunity of working in offices of their choice, thus enabling them to appreciate the realities of their future careers. NOTE: This program will be offered in the 1975-76 Calendar year subject to the approval of the Department of Education, Victoria. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS Major Program requirements General Education requirements Recommended Courses Electives 96 0 0 0 96 FIRST T E R M C m n s 150 B u s . M g m t . 158 B u s . M g m t . 172 B u s . M g m t . 154 B u s . M g m t . 180 B u s . M g m t . 290 B u s . M g m t . 150 Basic Communications Marketing I Administrative Practices & Organization Accounting 1 I n t r o d u c t i o n to D a t a Processing Programming 1 Business Mathematics 3 3 3 6 3 6 3_ 27 SECOND TERM C m n s 151 B u s . M g m t . 176 B u s . M g m t . 155 B u s . M g m t . 291 B u s . M g m t . 262 B u s . M g m t . 151 B u s i n e s s C o m m u n i c a t i o n s .. M a n a g e m e n t in I n d u s t r y .... A c c o u n t i n g II P r o g r a m m i n g II Systems Analysis & Application 1 Statistical A n a l y s i s and Application 3 3 6 6 3 6_ 27 THIRD T E R M B u s . M g m t . 268 B u s . M g m t . 260 B u s i n e s s 170 B u s . M g m t . 292 B u s . M g m t . 293 B u s . M g m t . 255 H u m a n R e s o u r c e M g m t . I... Finance 1 Business Law I P r o g r a m m i n g III Systems Analysis & A p p l i c a t i o n II F i n a n c i a l &. M a n a g e r i a l Accounting I 3 3 3 6 3 3_ 21 FOURTH TERM B u s . M g m t . 265 B u s . M g m t . 261 B u s . M g m t . 294 Q u a n t i t a t i v e A i d s to Decision M a k i n g F i n a n c e II P r o g r a m m i n g IV The Corporation & Society M a n a g e m e n t Information Systems Financial & Managerial A c c o u n t i n g II 3 3 6 28 specialized training and continuous education. Increasing more rapidly than the supply, is the demand for persons who can assume the roles of para-professional and administrative personnel. Employment opportunities abound for men and women who have sufficient knowledge, expertise and initiative. The Administrative A s s i s t a n t Option is designed to enhance individual talents and to increase chances of success and promotion. In their s t u d i e s , students will learn to evaluate, organize, and analyze data, research information, draft briefs a n d , in g e n e r a l , expand their executive potential, as well as to acquire skills relevant to their specific professions. A research paper must be satisfactorily completed before a Certificate is awarded the graduate. Research should be germane to the student's field of interest. It should be noted that this option is designed for persons who have had at least two years of work experience. Study may commence on a full or part-time basis. Administrative Science and Office Technology ADMINISTRATIVE Certificate ASSISTANT OPTION - 1 Year L E G A L A S S I S T A N T P R O G R A M — 2 Year Diploma ( c u r r e n t l y u n d e r d e v e l o p m e n t in c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e L a w S o c i e t y of B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a ) * P A R A - L E G A L STUDIES OPTION — 1 Year Advanced Certificate PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION OPTION — (currently under development committee) 2 Year Diploma with advisory BILINGUAL SECRETARIAL/ADMINISTRATIVE G R A M — 2 year D i p l o m a * PROCAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL vanced Certificate OPTION — 1 Year A d - SECRETARIAL SCIENCE OPTION - 2 Year Diploma CLERICAL T E C H N O L O G Y OPTION - 2 Year Diploma CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives M E D I C A L C L E R I C A L T E C H N O L O G Y OPTION — 1 Year Advanced Certificate COMMERCIAL Program UPGRADING — 4 Month Vocational C o m m e r c e 158 COURT AND CONFERENCE REPORTING Vocational P r o g r a m * EMPLOYMENT ORIENTATION Month Vocational Program* LEGAL STENOGRAPHER Program - LEGAL STENOGRAPHER Program* — FOR C o m m e r c e 184 10 M o n t h C o m m e r c e 185 C m n s 150* WOMEN — 3 Month 4 Month 4.5 3 1.5 3 3 1.5 3 3 3 __3 21 3 3 3 1.5 SECOND TERM Vocational B u s i n e s s 153 B u s i n e s s 170 C o m m e r c e 259 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHER Program* Accounting A d m i n . Practices & Organization Office Technology 8l P r o c e d u r e s Organizational & Office D y n a m i c s . . . Public Relations.... Basic Communications... Elective** 10 4.5 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRSTTERM B u s i n e s s 152 B u s . M g m t . 172 27 0 9 6. 39 Accounting Business Law 1 Office Administration C m n s 151* Business Communications Ind. S t u d y 199 Research Project... P o l i . S c i . 199 I n t r o d u c t i o n to Labour Relations... S e c o n d or F o u r t h T e r m C o m m e r c e or Legal C o u r s e * * Vocational 6 - 8 Month Vocational " A w a i t i n g f i n a l a p p r o v a l f r o m D e p a r t m e n t of E d u c a t i o n . 3 3 3 3 18 1.5 A D M I N I S T R A T I V E ASSISTANT OPTION • S t u d e n t s w h o m e e t t h e p r e r e q u i s i t e for E n g l i s h 100 m a y c h o o s e to s u b s t i t u t e t h i s or a n o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e a n d its c o m p a n i o n , for C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 1 5 0 / 1 5 1 . The increasing complexity of modern industry, business and government necessitates " E l e c t i v e s s h o u l d be c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n ordinator. 29 with C o - BILINGUAL SECRETARIAL/ADMINISTRATIVE P R O G R A M SECOND TERM C m n s 151 C o m m e r c e 154 V - C o m m e r c e 350 A constant need exists in government and in industry for the services of secretaries and other office personnel proficient in translation skills. By and large the job opportunities open to those with the ability to speak more than one language are rewarding both professionally and financially. To qualify for a position, a person must possess not only bilingual fluency but also demonstrate exceptional management or secretarial skills, have a comprehension of the policies and principles of the organization for which he or she plans to work. Capilano College's bilingual diploma program has been planned with these factors in mind. Courses include: recent developments in office technology, information retention and retrieval, techniques in translation, the preparation of agendae, chairing of meetings, public, human and cultural relations skills, etc., along with intensive audio-visual training in the French language. For French speaking students equivalent English courses are substituted. Graduates can obtain exciting and challenging positions in the government, diplomatic service, in business or industry, in Canada or abroad. F r e n c h 106 F r e n c h 150 F r e n c h 161 F r e n c h 171 French Elective** Business Communications... T y p i n g 11 S k i l l s L a b in F r e n c h or E n g l i s h . Translation Techniques French C o m m u n i c a t i o n I .. Dialogue Canada/ English 091* Q u e b e c C u l t u r e II.. 3 4.5 3 3 3 3 1 3 1.5 20.5 4.5 T h e s e c o n d y e a r of t h i s p r o g r a m is s t i l l b e i n g d e v e l o p e d , h o w e v e r , 3 r d a n d 4th t e r m c o u r s e w i l l be s i m i l a r to t h o s e listed below. THIRD T E R M Typing Speed Development Production Typing 1 Office Administration French Business Communications Dialogue Canada Cultural Seminar F r e n c h , C o m m e r c e or H u m a n i t i e s FOURTH TERM T h i s p r o g r a m w i l l be o f f e r e d in t h e 1975-76 c a l e n d a r y e a r , s u b j e c t to the final a p p r o v a l of t h e D e p a r t m e n t of Education, Victoria. Typing Speed Development CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Dialogue Canada P r o d u c t i o n T y p i n g 11 Public Relations French Business Communications Cultural Seminar CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives F r e n c h , C o m m e r c e or H u m a n i t i e s 27 0 12 0 39 * F o r French speaking students * * E l e c t i v e s s h o u l d be c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n ordinators. 10.5 with co- A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 158 C o m m e r c e 184 C L E R I C A L T E C H N O L O G Y OPTION 15 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRST T E R M C m n s 150 63 12 0 0 75 Basic Communications... Typing 1 Office Technology & Procedures Organizational and Office D y n a m i c s . . . Commerce Elective** Commerce Elective** V - C o m m e r c e 350 S k i l l s L a b in F r e n c h or E n g l i s h . F r e n c h 160 Dialogue Canada/ English 090* F r e n c h 170 Q u e b e c C u l t u r e I... This option is designed to assist students in ascertaining their clerical skills, in developing their marketable aptitudes and in broadening their existing abilities and knowledge. Clerical positions are as diverse as the wide variety of fascinating occupations in which they abound; many clerical positions offer excellent opportunities for advancement. The following program of study provides students with a solid background for occupations involving: bookkeeping, accounting, banking, communications, data control, inventory control, payroll, purchasing, public relations and numerous other vital responsibilities within such fields as 3 4.5 3 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1.5 20.5 6 30 * * E l e c t i v e s s h o u l d b e c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n ordinator. advertising, marketing, purchasing, transportation, manufacturing, finance, public service, law and medicine. with C o - C o m m e r c e 197 — C a r e e r S e m i n a r is r e c o m m e n d e d as a n e l e c t i v e for f u l l t i m e s t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in t h i s o p t i o n . CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives E X E C U T I V E S E C R E T A R I A L OPTION 27 0 12 0 39 For assistance in carrying out executive functions and responsibilities, senior management requires expert secretarial personnel. To fulfill this requirement, potential executive secretaries not only must be proficient in typing and shorthand but also must possess judgment, initiative, organizational ability, maturity and must be able to empathize with the problems that regularly confront employers. The Executive Secretarial Option is designed for persons wishing to advance, or to challenge themselves professionally. Communication skills, self-assurance, efficiency will be stressed as much as secretarial skills. Prospective students should have speeds of 40 W P M in typing and 60 W P M in shorthand. Persons with backgrounds in Gregg, Forkner, Pitman, Programme 21 or an alphabetic shorthand system may enrol in third and fourth term shorthand speed development courses and/or in specialized shorthand classes for individual theory review. Those entering with secondary school business education courses or work experience should request an assessment of their skills for the purpose of a p p l y i n g for exemption credit. Since the ultimate objective of this option is to assist students in securing responsible positions, it is recommended that C o m m e r c e 300/301 — Directed Work Experience — be taken as an elective. 6 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 57 0 12 6 75 16 3 3 4.5 1.5 4.5 1.5 3 1-5 1.5 19.5 4.5 FIRST T E R M Cmns 150* B u s i n e s s 152 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 156 C o m m e r c e 158 Basic Communications... Accounting Typing 1 Alphabetic Shorhand Office Technology & Procedures Elective* SECOND TERM C m n s 151 * C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 184 B u s i n e s s 153 B u s . M g m t . 180 Business Communications... T y p i n g 11 Organizational & Office D y n a m i c s . . . Accounting I n t r o d u c t i o n to Data Processing.... Elective** 3 4.5 3 3 1.5 3 __3 19.5 1.5 THIRD T E R M C o m m e r c e 162 C o m m e r c e 164 C o m m e r c e 166 C o m m e r c e 258 C o m m e r c e 300 CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Machine Transcription Typing Speed Development 1 Production Typing 1 Office Procedures . Directed W o r k Experience Electives** FOURTH TERM C o m m e r c e 163 C o m m e r c e 165 C o m m e r c e 176 C o m m e r c e 180 C o m m e r c e 185 C o m m e r c e 301 Electives** 1.5 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 1.5 Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 1.5 3 3 1.5 1 9 2 20 5 39 1.5 1.5 C o m m e r c e 158 1.5 3 C o m m e r c e 162 1.5 C o m m e r c e 171 3 3 C o m m e r c e 164 C o m m e r c e 166 1 6 2 19 5 7.5 FIRST T E R M C m n s . 150* Machine Transciption Typing Speed Development Production T y p i n g 11 Professional Development Seminar Public Relations.... Directed W o r k Experience 30 0 6 C o m m e r c e 177 31 Basic Communications... Office Technology & Procedures Machine Transcription OR Specialized Shorthand Typing Speed Development 1 Production Typing 1 Shorthand Speed Development 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 C o m m e r c e 180 Professional Development Seminar Elective** A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A 3 3 21 Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives _ 4.5 60 0 12 3 75 SECOND TERM C m n s 151 C m n s 170 C o m m e r c e 163 C o m m e r c e 171 C o m m e r c e 174 C o m m e r c e 176 C o m m e r c e 177 "Business Communications... PublicSpeaking.... Machine Transcription OR Specialized Shorthand Typing Speed D e v e l o p m e n t III.... Production T y p i n g 11 Shorthand Speed Development Electives** 3 3 1.5 FIRST T E R M C m n s 150 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 250 C o m m e r c e 258 C o m m e r c e 279 C o m m e r c e 282 C o m m e r c e 283 C o m m e r c e 284 Legal E l e c t i v e * * 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 21 3 6 21 * * E l e c t i v e s s h o u l d be c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n ordinator. CREDIT HOURS Basic Communications 3 Typing 1 4.5 Legal Studies 3 Legal Office P r o c e e d u r e s . . . . 3 L a w in S o c i e t y 1.5 Litigation Procedures 1.5 Corporate Procedures 1.5 Land Registry System 1.5 1-5 SECOND TERM C m n s 151 C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 251 C o m m e r c e 259 C o m m e r c e 290 C o m m e r c e 285 3 with C o - L E G A L ASSISTANT P R O G R A M C o m m e r c e 287 Legal Elective** Under A d m i n i s t r a t i v e S c i e n c e , C a p i l a n o College offers a two-year program in para-legal studies. Students successfully completing the following courses will be granted an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. For students with at least two years of legal office experience, certain para-lagal courses may be taken as a one-year advanced Certificate program. A Certificate will be awarded only after a student has successfully completed 39 credit hours of study. First year university English or two terms of Communications are mandatory. Graduates will be working in a professional environment, directly or i n d e p e n d e n t l y , under the supervision of a Barrister/Solicitor. Since one of the functions of a legal assistant is to relieve the lawyer of many routine legal and administrative responsibilities, students will learn to draft and type legal documents in accordance with Supreme Court Rules, to carry out investigations and examinations, to handle legal correspondence, and to act in a supportive capacity within law firms or legal departments. The need for para-legal assistance is a relatively recent professional development, but the future for "para-legal" personnel is exciting and unlimited. Students with work experience may challenge basic courses. B u s i n e s s C o m m u n i c a t i o n s .. T y p i n g II Legal Studies Legal Office Administration. Legislative Process C o n v e y a n c e &. M o r t g a g e Procedures W i l l s & Probate 3 4.5 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 21 THIRD T E R M B u s i n e s s 170 Business Law I C o m m e r c e 286 Torts C o m m e r c e 288 Family Law C o m m e r c e 292 P r o b l e m s in L i t i g a t i o n C o m m e r c e 293 Company Law Commerce Elective** Elective** 3 3 3 1.5 3 3 3 19.5 FOURTH TERM B u s i n e s s 171 C o m m e r c e 295 C o m m e r c e 289 B u s i n e s s L a w II Real Property Legal Authority & Law Enforcement P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 199 I n t r o d u c t i o n to L a b o u r Relations Ind. S t u d y 199 R e s e a r c h into L e g a l Procedure Commerce Elective** Elective** .... 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 ' S t u d e n t s w h o m e e t t h e p r e - r e q u i s i t e for E n g l i s h 100 m a y c h o o s e to s u b s t i t u t e t h i s or a n o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e a n d its c o m p a n i o n , for C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 1 5 0 / 1 5 1 / **Electives should Co-ordinator. be c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n with PUBLIC A D M I N I S T R A T I O N OPTION CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE A s business and industry change to meet s o c i e t y ' s d e m a n d s , so must government administration become more progressive. Public officials and politicians recognize that changes in legislation require better trained and informed personnel at all levels of government and administration. Federal, provincial and CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 28.5 0 6 4.5 39 32 COMMERCE municipal civil servants must be competent, well-educated persons who can contend with an infinite number of responsibilities. It is an accepted and expected fact that senior department heads act as policy advisors to cabinet ministers, hence the need for an integrated but broad training program. With this in mind a career option in Public Administration is being developed at Capilano College. Courses will provide a comprehensive and professional frame of reference for persons who are already employed in government departments, as well as for those contemplating a future in the public domain. Although this option will not be offered as a full-time program in the calendar year, 1975-76, the following courses currently are given by the College; these courses have been recommended and will, in all likelihood comprise part of an approved program. Many of the listed courses are held in the evening; this approach permits persons to enrol as part-time students. Public Administration is a promising profession for men and women; those interested in pursuing or furthering a career in public service should contact the program co-ordinator for guidance regarding the sequence and number of specific courses to be taken. C o m m e r c e 184 C o m m e r c e 185 C o m m e r c e 186 C o m m e r c e 250 C o m m e r c e 251 C o m m e r c e 259 C o m m e r c e 279 C o m m e r c e 281 C o m m e r c e 289 C o m m e r c e 291 E c o n o m i c s 100 E c o n o m i c s 101 E c o n o m i c s 160 S o c i o l o g y 200 S o c i o l o g y 201 MANAGEMENT 154 155 257 266 Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. Mgmt. B u s . M g m t . 270 Accounting I A c c o u n t i n g 11 T h e Corporation and Society Canadian Financial Institutions and M o n e y Markets Personnel A d m i n i s t r a t i o n ... 3 3 3 C a n a d i a n Society B . C . Society 3 3 A secretarial position has always been an excellent springboard from which a person can enter any number of interesting fields; such as advertising, editing, journalism, public relations, legal, and public service. Women have more opportunity for advancement today than they have ever had; even men are obtaining the practical skills that secretarial training provides. This option is geared specifically toward enhancing a student's potential and providing an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of business procedures, particularly in the field in which he/she has chosen to seek employment. Students on this option may specialize, in the third and fourth terms, by electing legal or medical procedural courses. Individual progress and achievement of specific performance objectives are emphasized. 27 0 12 0 57 0 12 6 BUSINESS Bus. Bus. Bus. Bus. 3 S E C R E T A R I A L S C I E N C E OPTION 75 BUSINESS 3 3 3 SOCIOLOGY A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Business Law I B u s i n e s s L a w II I n t r o d u c t i o n to E c o n o m i c s . . . Canadian Economics R e s o u r c e E c o n o m i c s in B . C . P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 120 P u b l i c A d m i n i s t r a t i o n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 199 I n t r o d u c t i o n to L a b o u r Relations P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 200 C a n a d i a n G o v e r n m e n t P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 202 B . C . G o v e r n m e n t & P o l i t i c s . 39 B u s i n e s s 170 B u s i n e s s 171 3 1.5 POLITICAL SCIENCE CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 3 3 3 3 3 3 1.5 1.5 ECONOMICS CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives Organizational & Office Dynamics Public Relations Consumer Counselling Legal Studies Legal Studies Office Administration L a w in S o c i e t y Legislative Process Legal Authority & Law Enforcement Municipal Law 3 3 CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE 6 6 3 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Eectives 3 3 27 0 6 6 39 6 COMMUNICATIONS C m n s 150 C m n s 151 C m n s 152 C m n s 161 C m n s 170 Basic Communications Business Communications.. Technical Writing H u m a n R e l a t i o n s in Management Public Speaking A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A 3 3 3 Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 3 3 57 0 6 12 75 33 9 C m n s 150* B u s i n e s s 150 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 158 C o m m e r c e 159 C o m m e r c e 156 HOURS PER WEEK CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRST T E R M Basic Communications... E s s e n t i a l s of Bookkeeping Typing 1 Office Technology & Procedures Shorthand (Pitman) 1 OR Alphabetic Shorthand Elective* 3 C o m m e r c e 158 3 4.5 1.5 3 1.5 Office Technology & procedures V - C o m m e r c e 350 S k i l l s L a b in Business English and Correspondence... C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150 B a s i c Communications... LAB HOURS PER WEEK 3 4.5 3 6~ 4.5 3 1.5 21 4.5 1.5 6~ * P l u s at least 12 c r e d i t h o u r s f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g o p t i o n s : ( T h e s e c o u r s e s m u s t b e c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e Co-ordinator). SECOND TERM C m n s 150* C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 169 C o m m e r c e 184 Business Communications... T y p i n g 11 Shorthand ( P i t m a n ) 11 Organizational & Office D y n a m i c s . . . Electives** 1. S e c r e t a r i a l B a s i c S k i l l s C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 156 3 4.5 4.5 B u s i n e s s 150 1.5 3 6 C o m m e r c e 164 1.5 C o m m e r c e 165 THIRD T E R M C o m m e r c e 162 C o m m e r c e 164 C o m m e r c e 166 C o m m e r c e 258 C o m m e r c e 177 Professional Development Seminar Machine Transcription Typing Speed Development 1 Production Typing 1 Office Procedures . Shorthand Speed Development Electives** C o m m e r c e 166 C o m m e r c e 171 3 1.5 C o m m e r c e 177 1.5 C o m m e r c e 162 1.5 3 3 1.5 B u s i n e s s 150 C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 161 3 C o m m e r c e 174 C o m m e r c e 176 C o m m e r c e 179 C o m m e r c e 185 C o m m e r c e 259 Electives** V - C o m m e r c e 356 Machine Transcription Typing Speed D e v e l o p m e n t III.... Production T y p i n g 11 Shorthand Speed Development Public Relations.... Office Administration 1.5 3 1.5 Typing Speed Development I Typing Speed D e v e l o p m e n t II Production Typing 1 Specialized Shorthand Shorthand Speed Development Machine Transcription 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 3 4.5 1.5 3 1.5 3. C o m m e r c i a l G e n e r a l U p g r a d i n g TERM Commerce 163 4.5 O r l e g a l or m e d i c a l e l e c t i v e s 3 6 21 FOURTH 4.5 2. A d v a n c e d S e c r e t a r i a l U p g r a d i n g 21 C o m m e r c e 180 Typing I Alphabetic Shorthand E s s e n t i a l s of Bookkeeping 1.5 1.5 E s s e n t i a l s of Bookkeeping T y p i n g 11 Business Calculations Keypunch Skills Lab 3 E n t r a n c e R e q u i r e m e n t s : S t u d e n t s m u s t b e 16 y e a r s of a g e or o v e r . 1.5 3 L e n g t h of C o u r s e : 4 m o n t h s o r a s r e q u i r e d . 1.5 Intake: S e p t e m b e r 1975 a n d c o n t i n u o u s a s s p a c e p e r m i t s . 3 3 Fees: $15.00 per month plus books a n d s u p p l i e s . ' C r e d i t h o u r s d o not i n c l u d e l a b o r t u t o r i a l / s e m i n a r h o u r s . 3 6 21 * * E l e c t i v e s s h o u l d b e c h o s e n in c o n s u l t a t i o n ordinator. 3 C O U R T A N D C O N F E R E N C E REPORTING V O C A T I O N A L - 10 M O N T H P R O G R A M with C o - The court and conference reporting program entails professional training in high-speed verbatim dictation for extended periods of time using the Stenotype machine. A s a court or conference reporter, one is responsible for producing an accurate and complete record of everything that is said at a trial, hearing, or meeting. The objective of the program is for students to achieve the ability to take dictation at a minimum speed of 200 w.p.m. Court and conference reporting is challenging as well as C O M M E R C I A L UPGRADING - VOCATIONAL - 4 MONTHS The objectives of this program are to increase and improve office skills and procedures, to explore and study new developments and techniques in business and industry and to keep pace with, and met the demands that changing technology imposes on the job market. Students must take the following courses: 34 exciting; and demand. reporters are in very great CREDIT LAB F I R S T T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) C m n s 150 HOURS HOURS Basic Communications... C m n s 160 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 155 C o m m e r c e 158 C o m m e r c e 250 V - C o m m e r c e 350 E M P L O Y M E N T ORIENTATION FOR W O M E N -VOCATIONAL - 3 MONTH PROGRAM This program is designed to provide a supportive framework in which women will be able to explore career and employment p o s s i b i l i t i e s in line with their s k i l l s and potential abilities. Special attention will be paid to the particular difficulties women face in returning to the work force, and the ways in which these problems may be overcome. Encouragement will be given to women who are considering types of employment traditionally excluded from them. This program should provide many new experiences for women who have been restricted because of family responsibilities. Interpersonal Relations T y p i n g I. Machine Shorthand Office Technology and P r o c e d u r e s . . . . Legal Studies Business English and C o r r e s p o n d e n c e ... 3 3 4.5 4.5 1.5 3 3 1.5 21 1.5 4.5 S E C O N D T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) C m n s 151 C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 171 C o m m e r c e 177 C o m m e r c e 184 C o m m e r c e 251 V - C o m m e r c e 350 V - C o m m e r c e 355 Business Communications... T y p i n g 11 Specialized Shorthand Shorthand Speed Development Organizational and Office D y n a m i c s . . . Legal Studies Business English and Correspondence... Skills Lab — Machine Shorthand 3 4.5 1 1.5 1.5 LEGAL STENOGRAPHER-VOCATION ALIO M O N T H P R O G R A M The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal stenographers. Experienced legal secretaries are not always readily available and busy lawyers no longer have the time to train secretaries themselves. The 10-month legal stenographer program at Capilano College covers three main categories: law courses which provide a fundamental understanding of the legal system in British Columbia, legal shorthand and typing taken directly from legal office files and legal office procedures, which includes an understanding of the part of the legal stenographer's role. 3 3 3 3 3 18 7.5 T H I R D T E R M (2 m o n t h s ) C o m m e r c e 165 C o m m e r c e 173 C o m m e r c e 177 Elective* OR C o m m e r c e 289 V - C o m m e r c e 355 C o m m e r c e 305 Typing Speed D e v e l o p m e n t II Specialized Shorthand Shorthand Speed Development Legal Authority and Law Enforcement Skills Lab — Machine Shorthand Work Experience.. 1.5 F I R S T T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) 1.5 1.5 C m n s 150 3 C o m m e r c e 152 C o m m e r c e 156 C o m m e r c e 258 3 1.5 10 C o m m e r c e 250 C o m m e r c e 283 3 2_ C o m m e r c e 284 6.5 V-Commerce E n t r a n c e R e q u i r e m e n t s : S t u d e n t s m u s t b e o v e r t h e a g e of 18 a n d s h o u l d be m a t u r e a n d r e s p o n s i b l e . Basic Communications... Typing 1 Alphabetic Shorthand Legal Office Procedures Legal Studies Corporate Procedures Land Registry System Skills Lab 8 Business English and C o r r e s p o n d e n c e ... L e n g t h of C o u r s e : 10 m o n t h s CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 3 4.5 4.5 1.5 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 21 3 Intake D a t e s : S e p t e m b e r 1975 F e e s : $15.00 per m o n t h p l u s b o o k s a n d s u p p l i e s •Elective should Co-ordinator. be chosen in consultation S E C O N D T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) with C m n s 151 C o m m e r c e 154 C o m m e r c e 162 This program will only be offered upon final approval of the Consultative Committee Department of Education. C o m m e r c e 171 35 Business Communications... T y p i n g 11 Machine Transcription — Legal Specialized Shorthand — Legal 3 4.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 C o m m e r c e 179 C o m m e r c e 251 C o m m e r c e 279 C o m m e r c e 282 Shorthand Speed Development Legal Studies L a w in S o c i e t y C o m m e r c e 283 3 3 1.5 C o m m e r c e 284 C o m m e r c e 287 Procedures Corporate Procedures Land Registry System W i l l s and Probate . 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 19.5 4.5 19.5 T H I R D T E R M (2 m o n t h s ) C o m m e r c e 162 a n d Machine 163 Transcription — Legal C o m m e r c e 164 Typing Speed Development 1 C o m m e r c e 283 Corporate Procedures O R other legal course.. C o m m e r c e 289 Legal Authority and Law Enforcement C o m m e r c e 293 Company Law OR o t h e r legal c o u r s e . . Skills Lab — V - C o m m e r c e 350 Business English and C o r r e s p o n d e n c e ... E n t r a n c e R e q u i r e m e n t s : S t u d e n t s m u s t be 16 y e a r s of a g e or o v e r , w i t h t y p i n g s p e e d of 40 w . p . m . a n d s h o r t h a n d s p e e d of 60 w . p . m . 3 L e n g t h of C o u r s e : 4 m o n t h s . Intake D a t e s : S e p t e m b e r 1 9 7 5 , J a n u a r y 1976, M a y 1976. 1.5 F e e s : $15.00 per m o n t h p l u s b o o k s a n d s u p p l i e s . 1.5 3 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHER - VOCATIONAL - 6-8 M O N T H P R O G R A M 3 Because of the emphasis on diagnosis, preventive medicine and research, there is an expanding job market in the medical field. The Medical Stenographer Program is designed to prepare students for stenographer positions in hospitals, clinics and doctors' offices. Courses within this intensive program include the acquisition of medical terminology and its construction, t r a n s c r i p t i o n of reports and consultations, utilization of medical records, the operation of a medical office or department, and a general background in anatomy, physiology and pharmacology. Health care is a growing field in B.C. and persons with a comprehensive medical background should have a fascinating future. 12 L e n g t h of C o u r s e : 10 m o n t h s or as r e q u i r e d . Intake D a t e : S e p t e m b e r 1975 F e e s : $15.00 per m o n t h p l u s b o o k s a n d m a t e r i a l s . LEGAL STENOGRAPHER - VOCATIONAL 5 MONTH PROGRAM This 5-month intensive training program is designed to provide students with excellent skill development, practical experience and sufficient related theory to enable them to qualify for employment as legal stenographers in law firms or legal departments. Legal secretaries and stenographers are in great demand and graduates of the program should have no difficulty in obtaining interesting and rewarding positions. A l l v o c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m s a r e c o m p r i s e d of 30 h o u r s per w e e k contact w i t h a n i n s t r u c t o r . A s w e l l as s c h e d u l e d c l a s s , lab a n d s e m i n a r h o u r s , f i e l d t r i p s , d i s c u s s i o n g r o u p s , a n d r e m e d i a l w o r k w i l l b e a r r a n g e d as r e q u i r e d by group a n d / o r individual needs and interests. F I R S T T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) C m n s 150 A l l v o c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m s a r e c o m p r i s e d of 30 h o u r s per w e e k contact w i t h a n i n s t r u c t o r . A s w e l l as s c h e d u l e d c a l s s , lab a n d s e m i n a r h o u r s , f i e l d t r i p s , d i s c u s s i o n g r o u p s , a n d r e m e d i a l w o r k w i l l be a r r a n g e d as r e q u i r e d by group a n d / o r individual needs and interests. C o m m e r c e 158 C o m m e r c e 162 a n d 163 C o m m e r c e 164 C o m m e r c e 258 C o m m e r c e 282 C o m m e r c e 162 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS T E R M (4 m o n t h s ) C m n s 150 C o m m e r c e 158 Basic Communications... Office Technology a n d P r o c e d u r e s .... Machine Transcription — Legal Typing Speed Development 1 Legal Office Procedures Litigation Procedures C o m m e r c e 164 C o m m e r c e 171 3 3 1.5 3 3 V - C o m m e r c e 354 H e a l t h 160 H e a l t h 162 1.5 3 1.5 Basic Communications... Office Technology and P r o c e d u r e s . . . . Machine Transcription — Medical Typing Speed Development I Specialized Shorthand — Medical Skills Lab — Greek a n d L a t i n for Terminology I n t r o d u c t i o n to Healthcare Medical Terminology, Anatomy and Physiology CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 16.5 36 1.5 7.5 from 3-5 years, it is not confined to that group. E x p a n d e d c o m m u n i t y needs require the training of personnel to work with both older and younger children in the day-care field. S E C O N D T E R M (2 — 4 m o n t h s ) C o m m e r c e 163 C o m m e r c e 165 C o m m e r c e 173 C o m m e r c e 177 C o m m e r c e 184 C o m m e r c e 258 V - C o m m e r c e 354 H e a l t h 161 H e a l t h 163 Machine Transcription — Medical Typing Speed Development I Specialized Shorthand — Medical Shorthand Speed Development Organizational and Office D y n a m i c s . . . Office Procedures — Medical Skills Lab — Greek a n d L a t i n for Terminology I n t r o d u c t i o n to Health Care Medical Terminology, Anatomy and Physiology 1.5 1.5 The core material of the program concentrates on the study of human development and the foundations and philosophy of Early Childhood Education. A n interrelated series of courses permits detailed study of program organization, curriculum content and guidance methods. Other areas of study include health, nutrition, first aid, family life, the exceptional child, parent-teacher relationships and the administration of pre-school centres. Each student selects additional courses of particular interest as electives to expand h i s / h e r general education and personal development. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program, as students spend regular periods each term observing and participating in the College Day Care Centre and other pre-schools under the supervision of College Instructors. Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active student participation through practical demonstrations, reports, projects and general discussion. Considerable responsibility is given students, enabling them to develop into creative, independent, knowledgeable persons. 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 19.5 6 E n t r a n c e R e q u i r e m e n t s : S t u d e n t s m u s t be 16 y e a r s of a g e or o v e r , w i t h t y p i n g s p e e d of 40 w . p . m . L e n g t h of C o u r s e : 6 to 8 m o n t h s or as r e q u i r e d . Intake D a t e s : S e p t e m b e r 1 9 7 5 , J a n u a r y 1976. F e e s : $15.00 per m o n t h p l u s b o o k s a n d s u p p l i e s . Applicants are required to present a medical certificate and a T . B . X-ray certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program. Co-ordinator, prior to acceptance into this program. Applicants who have previously taken Early Childhood Education courses elsewhere, including Adult Education courses for which recognition has been granted by the Community Care Facilities Licensing Board, may submit a record of these courses for consideration for credit towards the College Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. Individual courses may be taken by students working toward accreditation by the Community Care Facilities Board, but not wishing to pursue the full diploma. A p p l i c a n t s in either of the above two categories should consult with the Program Co-ordinator for course approval. Early Childhood Education Programs A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT HOURS Early Childhood Education is a two-year program preparing students to work in nursery schools, private kindergartens, day-care centres, hospitals and other facilities which serve children with special needs. Although the focus of the program centers primarily on children Major Program requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives Practicum 42 6 0 12 24 84 37 The core material of the program is the study of human growth and development based on " n o r m a t i v e s t a n d a r d s " . B u i l d i n g on this foundation, the student is introduced to an overview of developmental handicaps of a sensory, mental, psychological and emotional nature. A n interrelated series of courses permit detailed study of program planning, guidance methods and interpersonal relationship. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program, as students spend regular periods each term observing and participating under supervision in a variety of programs including day care centres and other pre-school settings as well as in facilities for the handicapped. Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active student participation through practical demonstrations, reports, projects and d i s c u s s i o n s . C o n s i d e r a b l e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y is given to students enabling them to develop into creative, independent knowledgeable persons. Because this program is closely allied with the College's current Early Childhood Education Program, students completing the program for the Developmentally Handicapped will also be qualified to work in day care centres and other pre-schools. Applicants are required to present a medical certificate and a T . B . X-Ray Certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program Co-ordinator, prior to acceptance into this program. CREDIT FIRST T E R M Cmns 150* E d u c a t i o n 152 E d u c a t i o n 154 Education 155** E d u c a t i o n 364 Elective HOURS Basic Communications Program Development 1 Health and Nutrition I H u m a n Growth and Development 1 Practicum 1 3 3 3 3 6 3 21 • S t u d e n t s w h o w i s h to s u b s t i t u t e a n o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e for C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150 m a y do s o . • ' E d u c a t i o n 155, H u m a n G r o w t h & D e v e l o p m e n t I m u s t be t a k e n p r i o r to or c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h E d u c a t i o n 1 5 2 . SECOND TERM E d u c a t i o n 164 E d u c a t i o n 151 E d u c a t i o n 153 E d u c a t i o n 156 E d u c a t i o n 366 Elective H e a l t h a n d N u t r i t i o n II L i t e r a t u r e for Y o u n g Children Program D e v e l o p m e n t II H u m a n Growth and D e v e l o p m e n t II P r a c t i c u m II 3 3 3 3 6 3 21 THIRD T E R M E d u c a t i o n 157 E d u c a t i o n 250 E d u c a t i o n 252 E d u c a t i o n 254 E d u c a t i o n 362 Elective FOURTH TERM E d u c a t i o n 262 E d u c a t i o n 264 E d u c a t i o n 268 E d u c a t i o n 367 C m n s 155 The Child and Family Life Program D e v e l o p m e n t III C r e a t i v e A r t s for t h e Young Child F o u n d a t i o n s of E a r l y Childhood Education P r a c t i c u m III Special Education Pre-School Administration Interpersonal Relationships in T e a c h i n g P r a c t i c u m IV C o m m u n i c a t i o n s in E a r l y Childhood Education Elective 3 3 3 3 6 3 21 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Practicum Electives 3 3 3 6 CREDIT HOURS FIRSTTERM 3 3 21 C m n s 150 E d u c a t i o n 152 E d u c a t i o n 154 E d u c a t i o n 155 Program for the Developmental^ Handicapped E d u c a t i o n 364 Elective 45 6 6 24 3 84 Communications Program Development 1 Health and Nutrition I Human Growth & Development 1 Practicum 1 3 3 3 3 6 3 21 N O T E : S t u d e n t s w h o w i s h to s u b s t i t u t e a n o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e for C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 150 m a y do s o . E d u c a t i o n 155 s h o u l d be t a k e n p r i o r to or c o n c u r r e n t l y w i t h E d u c a t i o n 152. This program is a two-year course of studies preparing students to work as support staff in facilities which serve persons with special needs, including infant intervention programs, pre-school settings, recreational, residential and rehabilitation programs. SECOND TERM E d u c a t i o n 151 E d u c a t i o n 153 E d u c a t i o n 156 38 L i t e r a t u r e for Y o u n g Children P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t II H u m a n Growth and D e v e l o p m e n t II 3 3 3 E d u c a t i o n 164 E d u c a t i o n 365 E d u c a t i o n 165 H e a l t h a n d N u t r i t i o n II P r a c t i c u m II Field Survey 3 6 3 Electrical and Electronics Program 21 THIRD TERM E d u c a t i o n 157 E d u c a t i o n 250 E d u c a t i o n 252 E d u c a t i o n 366 E d u c a t i o n 270 E d u c a t i o n 254 T h e C h i l d a n d F a m i l y L i f e ... P r o g r a m D e v e l o p m e n t III.... C r e a t i v e A r t s for the Young Child P r a c t i c u m III Volunteer Placement F o u n d a t i o n s of E a r l y Childhood Education 3 3 3 6 3 3 OR Elective 21 FOURTH E d u c a t i o n 262 E d u c a t i o n 268 E d u c a t i o n 367 C m n s 155 E d u c a t i o n 271 E d u c a t i o n 264 OR Elective Special Education Interpersonal Relationships in T e a c h i n g P r a c t i c u m IV C o m m u n i c a t i o n s in E a r l y Childhood Individual Project Pre-school Administration... 3 3 6 3 3 3 21 3RD Y E A R SPECIALIZATION OPTION Expanded community needs require personnel with specialized knowledge and skills to work in a teaching and supervisory capacity in a variety of settings to serve persons with special needs. This is a two-semester program for persons with previous training and relevant work experience who wish to further qualify themselves in the area of the developmentally handicapped. To be eligible for this specialized program a student will have completed the college program for the D e v e l o p m e n t a l l y Handicapped, hold recognized qualifications in Early Childhood Educaiton, or have related work experience of not less than two years in a facility for the handicapped. Areas of specialization for the third year option will include: (a) Infant Intervention and Pre-school Programs (b) Residential Programs (c) Vocational and Rehabilitation P r o Programs Applicants will be required to present a medical certificate and a T . B . X-Ray certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program Co-ordinator prior to acceptance into the program. Society depends upon electrical energy, electronic communications and electronic controls. The use of electronic equipment is evident in the factory, office, store, hospital or home. Travel by airplane or ship could not exist on today's scale without electronic navigational aids. There is a need for persons trained in the principles and applications of electrical and electronic systems to join the technical teams which d e s i g n , produce, s e l l , install and maintain them. The Technologist graduate of the Electrical and Electronics Program becomes the anchor-man of this team. After successful completion of the program at Capilano College, the student is recommended for transfer to B.C.I.T. Second year options open to him are: 1. Electrical Option This option is concerned with the generation, t r a n s m i s s i o n , d i s t r i b u t i o n , utilization and control of electrical energy. 2. Telecomunications Option This option deals with the application of electronics to commercial communications and navigational systems. 3. Control Electronics This option covers the application of electronics in fields other than telecommunications. NOTE: The curriculum for this option is currently under development with an Advisory Committee. It is anticipated that the option will be ready in time for the 1975 Fall term. 39 animation roles. The core of the program involves production training in basic and advanced photography, graphics, audio, film, multi-media and television. All students are trained in the basic technical and aesthetic skills in these media and complete finished productions in them. In addition the program includes courses in learning theory, resource centres and libraries, basic electronic systems, communications and the politics of media. Assignments and courses focus on the types of needs now being expressed in the media field. Field practicums occupy much of the student's time in the fourth term. The program consists of four terms of study and begins each year in the Fall Term. Graduates from the Electrical and Electronics Program are employed in research and development, systems d e s i g n , production, sales, installation and maintenance in commercial companies, government agencies and educational institutions. Eligibility for entry into this program will be determined after an interview with the Program Co-ordinator or his designate. Math. 12 and Physics 11 are required prerequisites. CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRST T E R M C m n s 150 M a t h e m a t i c s 166 P h y s i c s 154 E l e c t r i c i t y 158 E l e c t r i c i t y 162 E l e c t r i c i t y 164 E l e c t r i c i t y 173 Basic Communications... Applied Mathematics 1 General Physics Electrical Technology Electrical Circuits I Electrical Fabrication and Assembly I Circuit Devices and techniques Electronic Circuits 1 3 6 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 22 10 SECOND TERM C m n s 152 M a t h e m a t i c s 167 P h y s i c s 155 E l e c t r i c i t y 159 E l e c t r i c i t y 163 Technical Writing . Applied M a t h e m a t i c s II General Physics: Electrical T e c h n o l o g y 11 Electrical C i r c u i t s II Electrical Fabrication and A s s e m b l y II Electricity 174 Electronic E l e c t r i c i t y 172 C i r c u i t s 11 Electrical Measurements 3 6 2 4 2 3 OPTION C O U R S E S Each term the department will offer several courses that are open to college students and community members not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. These courses carry college credit and will count towards a Capilano College Diploma. In general, these courses are numbered Technology 050 to Technology 074. Check the timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given term. 2 22 10 T h e o p t i o n a l f o u r t h h o u r f o r m s part of the l e c t u r e / l a b c o m b i n a t i o n a n d w i l l be d e t e r m i n e d by the i n s t r u c t o r in consultation with students and course needs. Media Resources Program LAB FEES: The Media Resources Program trains students for the growing opportunities in using intermediate-level media technologies in all forms of education and training. The program is oriented toward educational institutions at all levels, social agencies, community media and journalism, as well as industry. Work opportunities in this field include production, distribution, training for media skills and social The M e d i a Resources Program courses generally have a lab fee component which must be paid by the student taking these courses. Lab fees are collected at the time of registration and go towards payment for supplies and depreciation costs of equipment. Students who registered for a full program will pay the fees listed below: 40 Term 1: $50.00 Term 2: $50.00 Term 3: $50.00 Term 4: $30.00 T e c h n o l o g y 253 T e c h n o l o g y 254 Students who register for any of the following individual courses will pay the following fees: Tech 050: $ 5.00 Tech 053: $10.00 Tech 072: $25.00 Tech 073: $25.00 Tech 074: $30.00 Tech 151: $15.00 Tech 152: $15.00 Tech 153: $20.00 Tech 171: $20.00 T e c h n o l o g y 260 T e c h n o l o g y 261 Tech 177: $30.00 Tech 180: $25.00 Tech 181: $15.00 Tech 183: $25.00 Tech 185: $25.00 Tech 187: $15.00 Tech 251: $30.00 Tech 284: $20.00 Tech 260: $15.00 T e c h n o l o g y 287 FOURTH T e c h n o l o g y 301 T e c h n o l o g y 302 T e c h n o l o g y 303 STUDIO CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS T e c h n o l o g y 154 T e c h n o l o g y 161 T e c h n o l o g y 183 C m n s 156 ~87 33~ C h o i c e Of: T e c h n o l o g y 263 G r a p h i c s for t h e Media Specialist... Media Applications 1 Technical Applications 1 Theory and A p p l i c a t i o n s of Photographic Production M e d i a Resources Communications... Learning Resources Centres Special Instructional A i d s . Instructional Media Productions The Media S p e c i a l i s t in Education and Training 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Technical A p p l i c a t i o n s IV OR Elective 3 15 STUDIO CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRST T E R M T e c h n o l o g y 152 33 3 TERM T e c h n o l o g y 256 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A 81 0 0 6 6 24 Note: Lab fees for other courses to be arranged by the Department. Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives Filmmaking Media A p p l i c a t i o n s III Audio Visual Graphics Technical A p p l i c a t i o n s III A u d i o tor F i l m a n d Television 21 Music Programs 3 6 3 6 3 3 21 3 SECOND TERM T e c h n o l o g y 151 T e c h n o l o g y 153 T e c h n o l o g y 155 T e c h n o l o g y 185 T e c h n o l o g y 163 T e c h n o l o g y 171 T e c h n o l o g y 187 Choice Of: T e c h n o l o g y 189 G r a p h i c s for M u l t i M e d i a Productions Film Animation.... Media A p p l i c a t i o n s II Advanced Photography Technical A p p l i c a t i o n s II Small Format Television Audio Production.. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 Research Methods for t h e M e d i a Specialist OR Elective 3 27 3 Capilano College offers two music programs: The Career Music Program and the Academic Transfer Program. THIRD T E R M T e c h n o l o g y 271 Educational Television Systems 6 41 THIRD T E R M C A R E E R MUSIC P R O G R A M Ensemble Class Piano Class Guitar Private M u s i c Instruction K o d a l y a n d Orff M e t h o d s Practice Teaching ( Y . M . W . ) H u m a n Growth and Development The Career Music Program offers the student who possesses considerable training in vocal, keyboard or instrumental work an opportunity to become a more complete musician. The Program also offers the student an opportunity to explore individual career interests while contributing to the musical life of the community. FOURTH TERM Ensemble Class Piano Class Guitar Private M u s i c Instruction K o d a l y a n d Orff M e t h o d s Practice Teaching ( Y . M . W . ) Graduation Thesis A Capilano College Associate in Arts and Science Diploma may be earned in music. Students must complete the requirements outlined in the Capilano College Calendar. The Career Music Program offers four options to the music student. 2. P E R F O R M A N C E OPTION: For the musician desiring to work in the performing arts field, whether it be as a soloist, an orchestral musician, a vocalist in opera or musical comedy, or a chamber musician, this option offers invaluable assistance. A sound theoretical background, a knowledge of styles, ensemble and solo experience, and private lessons in the selected field of endeavour can be obtained. 1. T E A C H I N G OPTION: For the musician desiring to become a private music teacher this option offers intensive training in theory, practical music, methodology, psychology and practice teaching. Graduates interested in group teaching should have opportunities in the community centre and recreation centre field. Persons already self-employed as private music teachers may enrol as part time students in selected courses for refresher or upgrading purposes. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements M u s i c 180 M u s i c 188 C m n s 150 English Music Music Music Music 24 24 T h e o r y IV Ensemble S o c i o l o g y of A r t . . . . Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano ClassGuitar Basic Communications OR A n y college English course 3 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 100 150 130 166 M u s i c 178 M u s i c 180 C m n s 150 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRSTTERM M u s i c 100 M u s i c 150 M u s i c 130 M u s i c 164 51 12 63 2 1 English SECOND TERM M u s i c 101 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 131 M u s i c 167 3 5 M u s i c 181 M u s i c 189 Cmns OR English Theory V Ensemble S o c i o l o g y of A r t . . . . Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano ClassGuitar 3 3 3 2 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 M u s i c 179 M u s i c 181 Cmns OR English 2 A n y college English course T h e o r y VIII T h e o r y II Ensemble 3 16.5 20 3 3 3 3 3 1.5 5 42 2 1 2 3 5 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Theory V 3 2 Ensemble 3 1 S o c i o l o g y of A r t . . . . 3 Private M u s i c Instruction 3 Repertoire 3 Class Piano 1.5 2 THIRD T E R M A n y college English course 72 19.5 SECOND TERM M u s i c 101 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 131 M u s i c 165 T h e o r y IV Ensemble S o c i o l o g y of A r t . . . . Private M u s i c Introduction Repertoire Class Piano Basic Communications OR A n y college English course 2 TeL5 20 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS FIRSTTERM CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 66 6 3 19.5 5 THIRD T E R M Private M u s i c Instruction Repertoire H i s t o r y III Class Piano FOURTH T h e o r y VIII Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano Orchestration Arranging I Electronic Studio Production Techniques TERM T h e o r y IX T h e o r y III Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction Repertoire H i s t o r y IV Class Piano Graduation Recital FOURTH T h e o r y IX Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano A r r a n g i n g II Electronic Studio Production Techniques M e d i a Production Graduation Recital 3. PRODUCTION OPTION: For the musician desiring to work in the production field of television, radio, or live musical theatre this option offers invaluable assistance and at the same time gives a continuing education in practical music. In this option the Private Music Instruction courses will be comprised of lessons in composition. The student will also receive a thorough grounding in theory, orchestration and arranging. Electronic Studio and Production Techniques courses will enable the student to work with audio equipment to produce original works or to produce professional calibre stereo or quadraphonic recordings of various musical ensembles. CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 4. C O M M E R C I A L OPTION: This option offers the a s p i r i n g jazz musician an in-depth grounding in his field. The working musician will also gain deeper understanding and practice of his craft as a part-time student. Six theory courses offer a thorough insight into the tonal period and 20th century techniques. Orchestration and arranging courses will enable the student to use his/her theoretical knowledge in more practical ways. Improvisation and Private Music Instruction courses develop the soloistic performance of the student. Ensemble courses will permit the student to experience work in a large stage band or in smaller jazz ensembles. 60 _ J5 40 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A 66 40 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRSTTERM M u s i c 100 M u s i c 130 M u s i c 150 M u s i c 164 M u s i c 180 M u s i c 188 C m n s 150 English CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Program Requirements CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS T h e o r y IV 3 2 S o c i o l o g y of A r t . . . . 3 Ensemble 3 1 Private M u s i c Instruction 1.5 Class Piano 1.5 2 Class Guitar 1.5 Basic Communications or A n y college English course 3 16.5 5 3 3 3 2 FIRSTTERM M u s i c 100 M u s i c 150 M u s i c 176 M u s i c 164 M u s i c 180 M u s i c 162 OR M u s i c 262 C m n s 150 SECOND TERM M u s i c 101 M u s i c 131 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 165 M u s i c 181 M u s i c 189 Cmns OR English Theory V S o c i o l o g y of A r t . . . . Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano Class Guitar A n y college English course TERM 1.5 1.5 1.5 English 1 2 Class Woodwinds.. Basic Communications OR A n y college English course 30 72 30 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 3 2 3 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 3 2 3 16.5 7 3 3 1.5 2 1 SECOND TERM M u s i c 101 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 171 M u s i c 165 3 16.5 T h e o r y IV Ensemble Improvisation Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano Class Strings 66 6 5 M u s i c 181 43 Theory V Ensemble Improvisation Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano 1.5 1.5 2 M u s i c 192 Cmns OR English H i s t o r y of J a z z M u s i c 163 OR M u s i c 263 3 M u s i c 258 M u s i c 162 OR M u s i c 262 Elective A n y college English course Class Strings 3 Class Woodwinds.. 3 2 16.5 7 THIRD T E R M English M u s i c 181 M u s i c 257 M u s i c 258 TERM M u s i c 163 OR M u s i c 263 Elective NOTE: 1. T h e t h i r d a n d f o u r t h t e r m s of t h e C a r e e r M u s i c P r o g r a m o p t i o n s w i l l b e g i n in t h e fall of 1976. D u r i n g t h e 1 9 7 5 / 7 6 a c a d e m i c y e a r , the exact c o u r s e s , c o d e n u m b e r s , a n d a p p l i e d c r e d i t s after t h e s e o p t i o n s w i l l be f i n a l i z e d , a n d w i l l a p p e a r in t h e 1 9 7 6 / 7 7 C a l e n d a r . M u s i c 280 Elective This program is designed for students who desire to go on to a degree program at a Canadian U n i v e r s i t y . A l l courses in this program carry transfer to the Music Department of the University of B.C. Transferability has also been arranged with the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. This program consists of a liberal arts education and specialized music training, including theory, history, and applied music. FOURTH 2 21 7 M u s i c 101 M u s i c 151 M u s i c 191 M u s i c 163 OR M u s i c 263 M u s i c 265 M u s i c 281 Elective CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 60 24 28 ~84 28 FIRST T E R M 3 3 1.5 1.5 3 2 2 3 1 3 3 2 21 7 L i t e r a t u r e to 1 6 6 0 . . T h e o r y IV Ensemble H i s t o r y III Class Strings 3 3 3 3 2 1 Class Woodwinds.. Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano 3 2 1.5 1.5 3 2 21 7 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 1.5 1.5 3 2 21 7 Literature since 1660 Theory V Ensemble H i s t o r y IV Class Strings Class Woodwinds.. Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano Both music programs offer students enrolled in other C o l l e g e programs a c o n t i n u i n g education in music and elective credit. Numerous music courses are available for part-time students. CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS A n y transferable English course History 1 Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano T h e o r y 11 3 3 TERM E n g l i s h 201 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A M u s i c 180 M u s i c 256 3 3 1.5 1.5 3 Class Woodwinds.. E n g l i s h 200 M u s i c 100 M u s i c 150 M u s i c 190 M u s i c 162 OR M u s i c 262 M u s i c 264 A C A D E M I C T R A N S F E R MUSIC P R O G R A M M u s i c 120 M u s i c 164 1 THIRD T E R M 2. A M u s i c T h e r a p y O p t i o n w i l l be u n d e r s t u d y d u r i n g t h e 1 9 7 5 / 7 6 a c a d e m i c y e a r w i t h a v i e w to s t a r t i n g t h e f i r s t t e r m of t h i s o p t i o n in t h e fall of 1976. Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements A n y transferable English course H i s t o r y II Private M u s i c Instruction Class Piano T h e o r y II1 Collegium Musicum Class Strings M u s i c 121 M u s i c 165 T h e o r y VII T h e o r y IX Ensemble Improvisation Class Piano A r r a n g i n g II Private M u s i c Instruction English Class Woodwinds.. 3 SECOND TERM T h e o r y VI T h e o r y VIII Ensemble Improvisation Class Piano Orchestration Arranging I Private M u s i c Instruction FOURTH Collegium Musicum Class Strings All applicants for either the Academic Music Programs must: 2 2 44 Career or 1. Comply with general admission requirements of Capilano College. 2. Participate in a private interview with the Co-ordinator of Music. Applicants for the Career Music Program must also: 1. Write a theory placement examination. 2. Play an audition on their major instrument. The Capilano College Outdoor Recreation Management Program will educate Para-Professionals to work effectively in National, Provincial and Municipal parks. Related job opportunities exist in Historic Sites, marinas, ski areas, and winter c l u b s . A s s o c i a t e d employment may also be found in Community agencies, residential c a m p s , and ecology centers, and outdoor schools. The Program will provide the graduate with skills required to plan and operate good outdoor recreation programs, and to manage facilities and recreational land and water resources. Skills in summer, winter, and aquatic wilderness leadership will be developed in the Skills Development courses. Each student's particular program concentration will be decided in consultation with the co-ordinator. Flexibility will be allowed in the second year of the program to enable students to specialize in their interest area. Students will be required to take First Aid as part of their skills development program, and will be required to pay an additional levy to cover partial costs of equipment, field trips, and skills development courses. In the Fieldwork courses, student attitude and leadership capacity will be taken into account in the instructors evaluation profile. Students wishing to enroll in the Outdoor Recreation Department should make an appointment with the co-ordinator as early as possible. Students are required to have a chest x-ray and obtain a doctor's certificate of good health, prior to admission to the program. NOTE: 1. A s p i r a n t s to the P e r f o r m a n c e or T e a c h i n g o p t i o n s s h o u l d have a T o r o n t o C o n s e r v a t o r y g r a d e 10 s t a n d a r d (or e q u i v a l e n t ) on t h e i r i n s t r u m e n t . 2. A s p i r a n t s to the P r o d u c t i o n o p t i o n m u s t s h o w a b i l i t i e s in c o m p o s i t i o n , p r e f e r a b l y t h r o u g h a folio of p r e v i o u s composition. 3. A s p i r a n t s to t h e C o m m e r c i a l o p t i o n m u s t show i m p r o v i s a t o r y a b i l i t y in t h e i r a u d i t i o n . All interviews, auditions, and placement tests will be held in May and August of 1975. Interested persons are asked to phone the Capilano College Music Department (980-7511 local 264) for further details. Outdoor Recreation Programs Second Year Program Options* Parks Management Environmental Education Ski Area Management Leadership and Programming * Individual Practicum specialities in related areas can be arranged in consultation with the Program Co-ordinator. OUTDOOR RECREATION M A N A G E M E N T PROGRAM Outdoor recreation has become one of the most rapidly expanding segments of our economy. It has expanded because of increasing public interest in the use of large park and outdoor recreation facilities, as well as concern for the preservation of natural areas. An increase in leisure time, in disposable incomes and in the improvement of access roads into remote areas has increased the need for well-trained individuals capable of planning and directing recreation programs and managing facilities. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended courses Electives FIRSTTERM C m n s 150 45 56.5 12 0 0 25 68.5 25 CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Basic Communications... 3 R e c r e a t i o n 150 R e c r e a t i o n 152 R e c r e a t i o n 154 R e c r e a t i o n 156 R e c r e a t i o n 161 Outdoor Recreation Areas I n t r o d u c t i o n to Recreation Outdoor Recreation Facilities Outdoor Recreation Programs Wilderness Backpacking I WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP PROGRAM The W i l d e r n e s s L e a d e r s h i p P r o g r a m is designed for the individual currently involved in recreation or leadership, either as a vocation or as an avocation. The goal of the program is to provide a means by which individuals realize Wilderness Leadership roles with confidence, safety, and a sense of responsibility. The Program is offered in co-operation with the Department of Recreation and Conservation, the Honorable Jack Radford, Minister. 3 3 3 3 3^ 18 The courses are all generally activity oriented, based on the theory that wilderness leadership can best be promoted by experience over time. Each three program areas (Nordic, Canoeing, or Backpacking) is covered over a three term period of studies. Students will gain experience during two terms of instruction, followed by a third term course of Log Book experience (Practicum). Field trips are scheduled on week-ends. Lectures are scheduled in the evening at the Lynn Valley Ecology Centre. SECOND TERM C m n s 154 R e c r e a t i o n 151 R e c r e a t i o n 153 R e c r e a t i o n 157 R e c r e a t i o n 159 R e c r e a t i o n 160 C o m m u n i c a t i o n s in Recreation Outdoor Recreation Environments W o r k , Leisure and Society Skills Development Outdoor Recreation Administration P h y s i c a l F i t n e s s in Theory and Practice 3 3 3 1.5 3 A n additional fee will be charged for each course to cover Field trip and Equipment costs. 3_ 16.5 Students will enroll in one course per term, and must successfully complete each course in order to continue in the program. The period of Log Book Experience is undertaken in the Spring or Summer Term of the third term. The Log Book must be satisfactorily completed in order to achieve college certification. Students who wish to challenge the first term activity courses must be prepared to be evaluated by the Program Co-ordinator. THIRD T E R M R e c r e a t i o n 250 R e c r e a t i o n 259 R e c r e a t i o n 254 R e c r e a t i o n 256 R e c r e a t i o n 257 R e c r e a t i o n 172 C m m n s 160 FOURTH 3 2 1.5 3 3 1.5 3 2 3 3 3_ 17 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING OPTION CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE 11 TERM C m n s 161 Recreation Outdoor Recreation Ecology Skills Development Outdoor Recreation Program Planning. Skills Development I n t r o d u c t i o n to Landscape Design and T e c h n i q u e s . . . . Basic Statistics Interpersonal Relations 251 R e c r e a t i o n 253 R e c r e a t i o n 258 Elective R e c r e a t i o n 252 R e c r e a t i o n 173 H u m a n Relations In M a n a g e m e n t . . . . Outdoor Recreation Environmental Management Outdoor Facilities Workshop A n I n t r o d u c t i o n to Horticultural Plants OR Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives 3 18 3 3 WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING OPTION R e c r e a t i o n 163 R e c r e a t i o n 164 R e c r e a t i o n 161 CREDIT HOURS 3 W i l d e r n e s s First A i d I 3 W i l d e r n e s s N o r d i c S k i i n g I.. 3 W i l d e r n e s s B a c k p a c k i n g I... SECOND TERM R e c r e a t i o n 263 R e c r e a t i o n 264 W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d II W i l d e r n e s s N o r d i c S k i i n g II. FIRSTTERM 2 Practicum (or E l e c t i v e ) Statistical M e t h o d s CREDIT HOURS 18 0 0 0 3 3 17 N O T E : R e c r e a t i o n 252 ( P r a c t i c u m ) c a n be t a k e n in the s u m m e r t e r m in a s s o c i a t i o n w i t h p e r t i n e n t R e c r e a t i o n e m p l o y m e n t , u p o n the a p p r o v a l a n d s a t i s f a c t o r y e v a l u a tion of the P r o g r a m C o - o r d i n a t o r . THIRD TERM R e c r e a t i o n 360 46 Log Book E x p e r i e n c e . situation to the students' interests and needs. Students who have had equivalent postsecondary courses may make arrangements with an advisor to substitute electives in lieu of prescribed courses. E l e c t i v e s in Art and Business programs are recommended. There will be a $7.00 lab fee charged for Fashion 155, 172, 255, 256, 262 and 265. The optional fourth hour mentioned in the following outline of courses indicates a student/instructor contact, other than an office hour, when a student may have course enrichment. T h i s may take the form of assignment assistance, tutorials, field trips, special speakers or practical work. Basically, it is time programmed right into the Retail Fashions time-table. Graduates of this program will have skills and knowledge necessary to enter a career in manufacturing, merchandising, or the promotion of fashion. WILDERNESS CANOEING OPTION CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended courses Electives CREDIT HOURS 18 0 0 0 18 WILDERNESS CANOEING OPTION CREDIT HOURS FIRSTTERM R e c r e a t i o n 163 R e c r e a t i o n 162 R e c r e a t i o n 161 W i l d e r n e s s First A i d 1 Wilderness Canoeing I W i l d e r n e s s B a c k p a c k i n g I... 3 3 3 W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d II W i l d e r n e s s C a n o e i n g II 3 3 Log Book Experience 3 SECOND TERM R e c r e a t i o n 263 R e c r e a t i o n 262 THIRD T E R M R e c r e a t i o n 360 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS WILDERNESS B A C K P A C K I N G OPTION CAPILANO COLLEGE CERTIFICATE Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Electives CREDIT HOURS 15 0 0 0 Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Recommended Courses Elective 15 FIRSTTERM WILDERNESS B A C K P A C K I N G OPTION R e c r e a t i o n 163 R e c r e a t i o n 161 W i l d e r n e s s First A i d 1 W i l d e r n e s s B a c k p a c k i n g I... 3 3 W i l d e r n e s s F i r s t A i d II W i l d e r n e s s B a c k p a c k i n g II.. 3 3 C m n s 150 F a s h i o n 152 SECOND TERM R e c r e a t i o n 263 R e c r e a t i o n 261 F a s h i o n 154 THIRD T E R M R e c r e a t i o n 360 Log Book Experience A r t 158 F a s h i o n 172 3 F a s h i o n 176 60 6 12 0 78 3 CREDIT HOURS LAB HOURS Basic Communications... Fashion Work Experience I Personal D e v e l o p m e n t for the F a s h i o n Employee Design 1 F a b r i c s for the Fashion Industry... Clothing Design a n d C o n s t r u c t i o n I. 3 3 3 3 3 3 One Of the Following: Retail Fashions Program F a s h i o n 155 C o m m e r c e 010 The Retail F a s h i o n s program prepares students for direct employment in the field of fashion. The program relates directly to the existing fashion merchandising situation by presenting detailed background courses, pertinent merchandising techniques, and practical on-the-job training. A l t h o u g h further on-the-job t r a i n i n g is assumed once the student is in the field, the course provides in-depth experiences in all major areas of the fashion scene. Many electives are recommended within the framework of the program to tailor the learning Basic Clothing Construction Methods OR P e r s o n a l T y p i n g ... 3 21 SECOND TERM C m n s 151 F a s h i o n 150 F a s h i o n 252 F a s h i o n 177 F a s h i o n 170 F a s h i o n 256 Business C o m m u n i c a t i o n s .. F a s h i o n a n d the Consumer Fashion W o r k E x p e r i e n c e II Clothing Design a n d C o n s t r u c t i o n II H i s t o r y of W e s t e r n Fashion Fashion Modelling 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 47 3 THIRD T E R M B u s i n e s s 150 E s s e n t i a l s of Bookkeeping I Fashion Merchandising Fashion W o r k E x p e r i e n c e III I n t r o d u c t i o n to Interior D e s i g n F a s h i o n 259 F a s h i o n 260 F a s h i o n 264 3 3 3 3 Two of the following: F a s h i o n 257 Merchandise Display P r i n c i p l e s of Advertising Merchandise and Sales I Public Speaking P h o t o g r a p h y for the G r a p h i c A r t s Fashion Illustration I B u s . M g m t . 258 C m m n s 170 A r t 175 A r t 180 6 18 FOURTH TERM B u s i n e s s 155 E s s e n t i a l s of B o o k k e e p i n g II Textile and A p p a r e l Marketing Fashion Promotion Fashion W o r k E x p e r i e n c e IV F a s h i o n 151 F a s h i o n 251 F a s h i o n 261 3 3 3 3 Two of the following: F a s h i o n 258 F a s h i o n 173 A r t 181 F a s h i o n 265 C m n s 161 B u s . 175 A r t 181 B u s . M g m t . 259 Non-textiles and Accessories H i s t o r y of Furniture Fashion Illustrat i o n II French Draping and A d v a n c e d Design H u m a n Relations in M a n a g e m e n t Business Awareness I Fashion Illustration II P r i n c i p l e s of Advertising, Merchandising a n d S a l e s II 18 1.5 NOTE: • S t u d e n t s w h o w i s h to s u b s t i t u t e o t h e r E n g l i s h c o u r s e s for C o m m u n i c a t i o n s 1 5 0 / 1 5 1 m a y do s o . For mature students with relevant fashion work experience a n e l e c t i v e m a y be s u b s t i t u t e d for F a s h i o n Work E x p e r i e n c e u p o n c o n s u l t a t i o n a n d a p p r o v a l of P r o g r a m Co-ordinator. O p e n c o u r s e s a r e a v a i l a b l e to o t h e r t h a n f u l l t i m e R e t a i l F a s h i o n s t u d e n t s w i t h the C o - o r d i n a t o r ' s a p p r o v a l . VI Vocational Programs and Upgrading Courses determine other sources of financial assistance. At the time of this Calendar compilation, income allowances paid to eligible adults under the terms specified by the Department of Manpower and Immigration are outlined below. Applicants are advised to consult their local Canada Manpower Centre for further information. C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e is offering Vocational Programs and Upgrading Courses under an agreement with the Department of Education, Province of British Columbia. The purpose of Vocational Education is to provide courses in business, the skilled trades, service occupations and commercial art to adults r e q u i r i n g specialized training as well as providing a service to employers throughout the Province. Basic Allowance Regular Allowance One Dependent Two Dependents Three Dependents Four or More Dependents $43.00 per week $60.00 per week $74.00 per week $81.00 per week $88.00 per week $95.00 per week Under certain applicable conditions financial assistance may be obtained from a variety of agencies such as W o r k e r ' s Compensation, Social Welfare, Indian Affairs, and others. Enquiries should be addressed to the agencies concerned. Under certain conditions U n e m p l o y m e n t Insurance benefits may be paid to students not eligible to receive Canada Manpower training allowances. Consult Manpower Centres for full information. M a n p o w e r sponsored students who are enrolled in programs spanning the Christmas — New Y e a r period may lose their wagereplacement allowance for up to four days due to closure of the institution. G E N E R A L ADMISSION R E Q U I R E M E N T S Applicants should be: (a) 16 years of age or over; (b) possess an interest in, and aptitude for, that particular occupation. Adults who have been out of the public school system for more than a year are encouraged to apply for training even if they are unable to meet the educational requirements outlined for a particular program or course, as other factors such as work experience and maturity will be taken into consideration. A l l students who s u c c e s s f u l l y complete vocational courses and who desire to apply credit for these courses towards a College C e r t i f i c a t e or D i p l o m a should contact a counsellor in Student Services. PROGRAMS OFFERED Although several additional vocational programs and u p g r a d i n g courses are being considered by the College, in consultation with the Department of Education, the following programs will be offered in the 1975-76 terms. Please consult the Student Services Centre of the College for further information about new courses and programs offered by the College. COUNSELLING SERVICES Assistance and guidance is provided to those people interested in the types of programs available. Gary Siegrist, the Career Program Counsellor, is available to students who may have c o n c e r n s about personal difficulties or questions relating to academic and career choices. BASIC TRAINING FOR SKILL M E N T (B.T.S.D.) — Five Months DEVELOP- The purpose of this program is to upgrade individuals academically in mathematics, science and English in as short a period of time as possible to enable them to qualify for employment or for enrolment in specific vocational training programs. Course material is related to practical trade situations and encompasses field trips, special assignments, and where possible individualized modes of instruction. The various program levels are designed in the following manner: FEES Fees for all pre-employment training courses are $15.00 per month. FINANCIAL A S S I S T A N C E PRE-EMPLOYMENT A N D FULL-TIME UPGRADING PROGRAMS Prospective students who have been out of the regular school systems one year or more should seek counsel at the nearest Canada Manpower Centre, as under certain conditions training costs and income replacement may be provided to sponsored students. Persons not eligible for sponsorship by Canada Manpower should see the Career Program Counsellor to (a) V . B . S . D . — 020; BTSD Level 2 Program Mathematics, Science and English up to Grade 8 equivalency. (b) V . B . S . D . — 030: BTSD Level 3 Program 49 N O T E : A p p l i c a n t s to t h e p r o g r a m w i s h to e x p l o r e w i t h t h e i r local C a n a d a M a n p o w e r C e n t r e t h e p o s s i b i l i t y of b e i n g s p o n s o r e d to t h e p r o g r a m u n d e r t h e t e r m s a p p l i e d to the t r a i n i n g a d u l t s by t h e F e d e r a l D e p a r t m e n t of M a n p o w e r a n d I m m i g r a t i o n . C o u r s e s to be o f f e r e d in this p r o g r a m are d e s c r i b e d in t h e C o m m e r c e D i v i s i o n s e c t i o n of the C a l e n d a r . * T h i s v o c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m w i l l b e o f f e r e d s u b j e c t to f i n a l a p p r o v a l f r o m t h e D e p a r t m e n t of E d u c a t i o n , V i c t o r i a . Mathematics, Science and English up to Grade 10 equivalency. (c) V . B . S . D . — 040: BTSD Level 4 Program Mathematics, Science and English up to Grade 12 equivalency. There is no m i n i m u m educational prerequisite. However, applicants should have sufficient background gained either through past education or work experience to undertake the program. Students are admitted to the course on a continuous intake basis every four weeks throughout the year. V F C W 010 F A M I L Y C A R E WORKER (TRAINED H O M E M A K E R ) — Two Months There is a growing need in the community for the services of warm, responsible women to go into homes to assist the family to operate and function as a unit. They may do this on either a daily or live-in basis. The mature person, particularly if he or she has a grown family, will find this a very worthwhile type of work for they will be serving not only their own needs but also those of the community. Family Care Workers are trained to take r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , maintain c o n f i d e n t i a l i t y , do ordinary housework and give child care. Their training and experiences should enable them to possess an awareness of others and an ability to assess their needs. Graduates of the program will find positions in the following homes or situations: 1. Physically disabled. 2. Absent parent. 3. Families needing help with living skills (budgeting, shopping, meal planning, etc.) 4. Families with new babies. 5. Emotionally disabled. 6. Social Agency referrals. * V C O M 010 L E G A L S T E N O G R A P H E R PROG R A M (10 Months) Legal firms and lawyers are numerous but good legal secretaries are not always readily available. The Legal Stenographer Program provides excellent career opportunities for the graduate. Admission Requirements: Education: Grade 12 or its equivalent. Those applicants who do not possess the minimum educational requirements but who have worked for several years may have their experience assessed in lieu of stated educational prerequisites. General: An aptitude and interest in the vocation. Shorthand speed of 60 wpm with accurate transcription. Typing skills of 40 wpm. 50 CLASS DESCRIPTIONS VII College Courses CODE On the right hand side of each class description, there is a series of code letters and number, for example: C O U R S E N U M B E R I N G S Y S T E M # 001-099 — Make-up courses, including community service courses and courses (or a series of courses) in preparation for specific certification outside the College. These are not transferable to university. # 100-149 — Courses normally taken in the first college year of a program for university transfer. #150-197 — Courses normally taken in the first college year of a Career Program. These are not transferable to university, unless so stated in the course description. #200-249 — Courses normally taken in the second college year of a program for university transfer. #250-297 — Courses normally taken in the second college year of a Career Program. These are not transferable to university, unless so stated in the course description. #198, 199, 298, and 299 — Reserved for special projects usually c a r r i e d out by individual students or groups of students after consultation and with written permission of the subject Co-ordinator. #300-309 — Workshops, laboratory courses field work, etc. when taken apart from a specific theoretical course. Mathematics X Y Z Chemistry M N P Calculus (F)(3,0,0) Biochemistry (F,S)(3,3,0) Psychology A B C Abnormal (F,S,SU)(3,0,1) Interpretation: The first letter(s) indicate the Term in which the class will be offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SU-Summer. Thus, Mathematics X Y Z is to be offered in the Fall term; Chemistry M N P , is to be offered in the Fall and Spring term; Psychology A B C , is to be offered in Fall, Spring and Summer term. The first number indicates the number of credit hours granted for the course and the number of hours taught per week, the second number denotes the number of lab hours per week, and the third number denotes the number of seminar/tutorial/4th instructional hours per week. Thus, Psychology A B C , is offered three times a week for three hours with no lab time and with one hour per week of seminar/tutorial. Chemistry M N P , is offered for three hours per week with three hours of lab per week with no seminar/tutorials. College Course Offerings NOTE: Students planning to take academic courses should carefully note the following: 1. There are a few courses which, though academic in nature, are not intended to be transferable to the universities. Credits earned for such courses count toward an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. These are designated: " T h i s c o u r s e is n o t t r a n s f e r a b l e t o university." NOTE: S C I E N C E G E N E R A L I N F O R M A T I O N A . S C I E N C E E L E C T I V E S FOR NON-SCIENCE STUDENTS: Students planning to continue studies at either S . F . U . or at U.B.C. are advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their Science requirement: 2. There are a number of new courses for which transfer status is being negotiated at the time of p r i n t i n g the C a l e n d a r , but for which transferability has not yet been granted. Such courses are designated: "University transfer credit being applied for." Students should check the transfer status of such courses at Registration, before enrolling. Biology 104, 105 (Note: Transfer credit for course sequence is limited to non-science students.) Chemistry 104, 105 Geology 110, 111 Geography 112, 214 Mathematics 100,101 Physics 104, 105 3. Students may register only for those subjects in which they have passed the pre-requisite courses or their equivalent. In unusual cases a pre-requisite may be waived in writing by the Co-ordinator of the subject field. Pre-requisite Waiver Forms for this purpose are available in the student services centre. Economics students may take Mathematics 100, 101, but Mathematics 112, 113 and 114 is the recommended course sequence. Some of these courses require pre-requisites. Please check the individual course descriptions for such information. 4. If no pre-requisites are listed in the Calendar, the course has no pre-requisite for admission. 51 X CHEMISTRY, ENGINEERING, MATHEMATICS, HONOURS PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY X X X X X X X M A T H E M A T I C S & C O M P U T I N G S C I E N C E a. GEOLOGY, GEOPHYSICS X PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY X X X X X X X X X A G R I C U L T U R E , b. F O R E S T R Y , P H A R M A C Y X X X X N U T R I T I O N b. and DIETETICS X X X X G E N E R A L c. X X R E H A B M E D I C I N E c , d. X X D E N T A L H Y G I E N E c , d., e. X X HOME ECONOMICS PHYSICS 110, 111 PHYSICS 104, 105 MATHEMATICS 115 MATHEMATICS 112, 113, 114 MATHEMATICS 100, 101 GEOGRAPHY 112, 214 GEOLOGY 110, 111 CHEMISTRY 110, 111 CHEMISTRY 104, 105 BIOLOGY 110, 111 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES, INCLUDING PRE-MED A N D PRE-DENTISTRY X X IMPORTANT: Students planning to attend U . B . C . must also take two semesters of English. Those planning to attend S . F . U . should consult a counsellor or a science faculty member concerning second semester course options. a. Potential mathematics majors, computer scientists and honour physics students should consider taking Mathematics 115 in their first semester. b. When Physics 104,105 is required, Physics 110,111 is also acceptable. When possible, students are encouraged to take the higher level courses. c. When Chemistry 104, 105 is required, Chemistry 110, 111 is not only acceptable, it is preferred. d. Students taking a pre-rehab. medicine program should also take two semesters of either physics or psychology. e. Pre-dental hygiene students must also take two semesters of psychology. 52 B. C O U R S E S FOR S C I E N C E S T U D E N T S Students may wish to choose electives in related subjects in Humanities and Natural S c i e n c e s . For further information contact faculty in the Social Science division. Students planning careers in the sciences at U.B.C. should have as secondary school prerequisites Mathematics 12 or 030 and two other science subjects either at the grade 11 or 12 level. The pre-requisites for science careers at S.F. U. are less stringent. (See chart on page 52, opposite.) Anthropology Unless otherwise stated, science courses other than mathematics include three hours of labs per week. Exceptions are: Students who intend to major should take Anthropology 120 and 121 for which they will receive transfer credit in Anthropology 200 at U.B.C. and at the University of Victoria. Those entering S . F . U . will receive credit for P.S.A. 172, if they complete Anthropology 120, and unassigned P.S.A. credit for Anthropology 121, 200 and 202. At U.B.C. Anthropology 200 and 202 receive unassigned Anthropology credit. Geology 110, 111 with two hours per week Physics 104, 105, 110 and 111, with three hours per alternative week Biology 200 has no formal labs scheduled Physics 200/201 have separate laboratory courses Physics 210/211. STUDENTS M U S T PASS T H E I R L A B S TO PASS T H E C O U R S E . A N T H R O P O L O G Y 120 — INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL A N T H R O P O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) All potential science students should discuss their course selection with a science faculty member. These students are also encouraged to discuss more general topics such as career selection and employment potential with science faculty members or with a Counsellor. A survey of the discipline to include study of our human evolution and our place among the primates; structure and organization of society, the individual and society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative study of social institutions of non-Western cultures. FOCUS C A N A D A A N T H R O P O L O G Y 121 — INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL A N T H R O P O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) The Social Sciences will offer the following two programs to students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian Content courses. All courses hold full transfer credit within the appropriate discipline, and transfer into the Canadian Studies Program at S . F . U . No pre-requisites are required. PROGRAM I FALL History 102 History 203 Geography 106 P R O G R A M II Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. A n examination of anthropological concepts and theories of culture, as well as the analysis of kinship, economic, religious and other systems of societies. B.C. STUDIES A N T H R O P O L O G Y 200 — INTERMEDIATE SOCIAL A N T H R O P O L O G Y (F) (3,0,1) SUMMER SPRING History 204 AnthroSociology 201 pology/ Political GeograScience 202 phy 249 Anthropology 121 (Field Geography 106 Study) Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, and theoretical issues in anthropology. C A N A D A STUDIES Anthropology 200 Economics 107 Geography 220 Anthropology 121 History 103 Geography 220 Political Science 200 Sociology 200 A N T H R O P O L O G Y 202 — INTRODUCTION TO C U L T U R A L E C O L O G Y (S) (3,0,1) A study of the interaction of people and their environment, ecosystems, and cultural behaviour. Themes will be selected from humans in nature; war and population control; the archaeological record; the ecology of early food production; problems of survival. Course descriptions for the above are all listed in their respective disciplines within this calendar. 53 HISTORY OF A R T COURSES Students in the Art Program may wish to consider the following courses offered elsewhere in this Calendar under, " F i n e A r t s " . Fine Arts 100, Fine Arts 101, Fine Arts 200 and Fine Arts 201. These courses provide transferability of credits to U.B.C. and to certain other institutions. M H R B H I t I f t *mm*L • « t I E k I I 1 1 8 A R T 059 - P O T T E R Y FOR B E G I N N E R S I (F) (3,0,1) An introductory course for those with little or no previous experience. Instruction in the basic pottery processes of clay preparation, handbuilding, wheelwork, application of glazes, firing and studio disciplines. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 0 6 0 - P O T T E R Y FOR B E G I N N E R S II (3,0,1) A N T H R O P O L O G Y 249 — C O M P A R A T I V E C U L T U R E S : A FIELD STUDY IN A N T H R O P O L O G Y / G E O G R A P H Y (SU) (3 or 6) (S) Pre-requisite: Art 059. The further development of basic pottery skills. A n introduction to the theory and practice of glaze formulation. Lab fee: $7.00 Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. An interdisciplinary field study course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. C o m p a r a t i v e institutions, cultural ecology, the landscape, methods of fieldwork. Students and instructors study in the field; each year will alternate between British Columbia/Canada and a foreign country. (1975 — Europe; 1976 — British Columbia and the Yukon). Note: University transfer credit applied for. A R T 100 - INTRODUCTION TO T H E VISUAL ARTS I (F) (3,0,1) An introduction to the study of painting, sculpture and architecture — the discussion of concepts and problems in style, iconography, criticism and aesthetics. Although historical consideration will be inevitable, this is not a chronological survey of the visual arts. No lab fee. Note: this course combined with Art 101 carries 3 transfer units to U.B.C. A R T 101 — INTRODUCTION TO T H E V I S U A L ARTS II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 100 Further study of painting, sculpture and architecture, to acquaint students with and engage them actively and critically in problems of style, iconography and aesthetics. No lab fee. Note: This course combined with Art 100 carries 3 transfer units to U . B . C . Art PRE-REQUISITES Where pre-requisites are indicated it should be understood that these may be waived in writing by either the Program Co-ordinator or the instructor concerned when it is felt that a student possesses the ability to cope with the requirements of any given course. A R T 152 - F O U R T H INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR LIFE D R A W I N G (F) (3,0,1) The study of drawing from the human figure; exercises in developing v i s u a l p e r c e p t i o n , memory, and basic drawing skills. Contour, cross-contour, gesture, mass, volume, and action drawing from direct observation. Study of line and line characteristics in pencil, pen, and charcoal techniques. Emphasis on empathy and instinctive rendering, on developing visual sensitivity, and thought-hand co-ordination. A n additional and optional fourth hour of instruction will be offered in each three credit hour course but will not necessarily follow the regular three hour instructional period. This extra educational opportunity may take the form of a workshop, seminar, field-trip or similar activity, at the discretion of each instructor and as c i r c u m s t a n c e s allow. Students should understand that fourth hour activities will not be a factor in determining final grades. Attendance will be on a voluntary basis. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 54 A R T 154 — G E N E R A L D R A W I N G I (F) (3,0,1) The study of drawing media and techniques, including pencil, pen and ink, charcoal, pastel and brush. Stylistic and strategic problems encountered in drawing from both direct and observation and the imagination. An introduction to drawing the nude human figure, with emphasis on proportion and the interpretation of the pose in terms of line, volumes and planes. The development of visual perception and graphic sensitivity. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 158 - DESIGN I (F) A R T 162 - LETTERING A N D T Y P E (F) (3,0,1) Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter styles. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive and reproduction lettering. Lab fee: $7.00 ART - POTTERY 1 (F) (3,3,1) A n introduction to basic processes of pottery, including slab and coil techniques, firing, wheelwork, and primary glazing techniques. Lab fee: $7.00 (3,0,1) A n introduction to the concepts and principles of design with study of basic visual material and form, pictorial organization and composition, process and psychology of visual communication; characteristics of visual form and exercise in creating meaningful graphic communications using basic shapes. A R T 164 — (3,0,1) GENERAL D R A W I N G II (S) Pre-requisite: Art 154. Further exploration of drawing media and techniques, with emphasis on a more conceptual and interpretive approach. The sustained investigation of a theme through a variety of strategic and technical approaches. Additional experience in drawing the nude human figure. Synthesis and analysis of the graphic elements perceived in a pose. Interpretive stylization and distortion. Lab fee: $7.00 Note: This course carries 1.5 tansfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 ART 1 5 9 - L O C A T I O N DRAWING (3,0,1) 163 (SU) Experiences in drawing directly from observation in a variety of locations will be supported by the study of historical and contemporary examples, stylistic considerations, graphic strategies and the exploitation of a wide variety of media. Students will use the sketchbook as a vehicle for both objective and subjective commentary and as a resource for works to be executed in other media and on a larger scale. The basic aim of this course will be to assist students to develop a competent g r a p h i c sensitivity, in response to the immediate stimulus of people, places and things. No Lab Fee. ART 165 - POTTERY II (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Art 163 Further study of wheelwork techniques and an introduction to glaze theory and exploration of glaze material. Projects and experimentation with more advanced pottery shapes and designs. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 167 — S C U L P T U R E I (F) (3,3,1) The study of the fundamentals of sculpture and t h r e e - d i m e n s i o n a l f o r m . E x e r c i s e s in sketching and modeling in clay on the basis of direct observation from the model. The study of three-dimensional form through the investigation of plane, mass and volume elements. A R T 160 - FABRIC PRINTING I (F) (3,0,1) The study of hand-printing techniques on fabrics: block printing, silk screening, and batik. Study of dyes and fabric printing inks; introduction to fabrics, textures and weaves as related to household or commercial uses. Lab fee: $7.00 Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee:$7.00 A R T 168 A R T 161 — FABRIC PRINTING II (S) (3,0,1) More advanced projects using handprinting techniques on fabrics. Further study of the use of handprinted textiles with the addition of padding and stitching. Lab fee: $7.00 WEAVING I (F, S) (3,3,1) An introduction to the materials and primary equipment of weaving, including spinning and dyeing, projects on the branch loom, Salish loom, board and frame weaving. The history of weaving. Weaving a tapestry. Lab fee: $7.00 55 A R T 172 — PAINTING II (S) (3,0,1) Traditional and contemporary methods of oil painting; theory and practice. Basic techniques and their application to figurative and nonfigurative themes: further development of personal modes of expression. Introduction to present trends in painting. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 173 — INTRODUCTION TO A D V E R T I S ING (S) (3,0,1) Historical background. Social, economic and commercial significance. Strategy and tactics. The science and the art. Media, Management. Costs. Legal aspects. Emphasis on the role of the designer and artist. No lab fee. A R T 1 7 4 - S C U L P T U R E II (S) (3,3,1) Further study and practice of sculpture, investigating three-dimensional form. Introduction to wood-carving with emphasis on basic design concepts and individual expression. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 169 — W E A V I N G II (F,S) A R T 175 — P H O T O G R A P H Y G R A P H I C ARTS (F) (3,0,1) (3,3,1) Introduction to the mechanical loom. The basic weaves and their derivatives, pattern drafting, gauze and leno weaves. An approach to texture and colour. Garment weaving. Lab fee: $7.00 Basic photography with emphasis on optical and chemical principles, to prepare students for Graphic Arts in the Spring Term. The use of the 35 mm camera. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 176 — S T U D I O A N D P H O T O G R A P H Y (F,S) (3,0,1) A R T 170 — G R A P H I C ARTS (S) (3,0,1) LOCATION Pre-requisite: Art 175 Instruction in studio lighting and procedures, photography on location and advanced darkroom techniques for black and white film. Introduction to close-up photography and the effective exposure of colour film. Lab fee: $7.00 Pre-requisite — Technology 184 A basic course in graphic arts processes, including letterpress, gravure, lithographic and silkscreen r e p r o d u c t i o n . Instruction in the technology of colour reproduction by four colour process and by p r e - s e p a r a t i o n , duplicate letterpress plate m a k i n g , step-and-repeat printing and bindery procedures. Students will produce line and halftone negatives and offset plates and perform basic negative stripping operations. Field trips to printers and plate makers. Lab fee:$7.00 A R T 171 — PAINTING I (F) FOR T H E A R T 178 — DESIGN II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 158 Further study of design principles, pictorial organization, characteristics of visual form and media; extensive study of colour, colour theory, and characteristics. Practice of design through individual and group projects involving the use of colour and colour materials; emphasis on research and creative production. Lab fee: $7.00 (3,0,1) Investigation of the characteristics of Polymer painting media and their application to problems of imaginative and representational composition. Developing personal modes of expression and a form vocabulary. Basic design considerations as applied to the picture plane and pictorial space: abstract values and their significance for the painter. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 180 - FASHION ILLUSTRATION I (F) (3,0,1) Drawing the Fashion Figure. A course to develop skill in the illustration of garments, layout and finished artwork which could be utilized in showroom and advertising situations. Lab fee: $7.00 56 Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B . F . A . Studio Program at U.B.C. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 181 FASHION ILLUSTRATION II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 180 A more advanced study of the Fashion Figure with emphasis on texture and colour as related to the needs of Fashion Illustration. A similar emphasis will be placed on the conceptual layout and finished art techniques for reproduction. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 182 — ETCHING I (F) ART 1 8 5 - C O S T U M E JEWELRY (3,0,1) A n introduction to the design and production of Costume Jewelry. The use of non-precious metals in combination with other materials such as leather, beads and semi-precious stones. The process of plating with gold, silver, copper and nickel. Enamels in combination with other materials. Design and material sources in Nature. (3,0,1) A foundation course for those with little or no e x p e r i e n c e . A n introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and aquatint. Lino, wood, relief and mono prints. Most work will be produced in black and white, with some discussion of the use of coloured inks. Labfee:$7.00 A R T 183 — ETCHING II (S) (F,S,SU) A R T 192 — T Y P O G R A P H Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Art 162 A study of the history, classification and recognition of the principal type faces in use today. Instruction in the basic mechanics and technology of type setting and how to measure, specify and order type. Exercise in the effective application of typographic design to visual communications. Lab fee: $7.00 (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 182 Concentrated study of black and white and colour printing methods. Study of ink formulation and grinding, single and multiple plates and the collograph. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 193 - G R A P H I C C O M M U N I C A T I O N S ORIGINS & D E V E L O P M E N T (F) (3,0,1) - An exploration of man's early efforts to inform and to influence others through the use of signs, symbols, and pictorial simulations. The course examines a wide variety of early graphic communication techniques and devices including prehistoric cave paintings, pictograms, primitive paper making, movable type and the emergence of printing as both an art and an industry. Particular attention is given to the work of artists whose influence is still felt in visual communication design today and to the development of graphic arts technology in the last 200 years. No lab fee. A R T 184 — LIFE D R A W I N G (S) A R T 2 5 0 - P A I N T I N G M E D I A I (F) (3,3,1) The investigation of painting media on the basis of student interest and preference — spontaneous and sustained approaches to a variety of themes derived from nature, objects and the imagination. Introduction to painting the nude model. Advanced study of colour theories and their application to pigments. Further investigation of. present trends in painting, including guest speakers and fieldtrips. Lab fee: $7.00 (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 152 Further study in drawing from the human figure; exercises in perceiving and visualizing the elements of rhythm, plane, mass and volume; interpretative stylization and distortion; synthesis and analysis of graphic elements perceived in a pose, personality or form. Drawing from observation and reflection, with emphasis on imaginative interpretation and investigation of technique. A R T 251 — ILLUSTRATION (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: Art 164, Art 184 The rendering of scenes and situations according to specific provisions, utilizing a variety of mediums and techniques. Working from actuality and researched reference material. Lab fee:$7.00 57 A R T 252 - A P P L I E D DESIGN I (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Art 178 The application of design and rendering skills to the development of more involved graphic design problems. Assignments will demand practical solutions produced to deadlines, as in the case of Industry. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 253 — A P P L I E D DESIGN II (S) A R T 260 — 19th A N D 20th C E N T U R Y A R T (F) (3,0,1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : F i n e A r t s 100 and 101 or Humanities 100 and 101 or Art 100 and 101. A study and discussion of key movements and figures in the art of the 19th and 20th Centuries. A study in depth of the contemporary art schools, trends, and philosophies with emphasis on preparing the student to understand the changes and new directions in visual arts since 1775. Note: This course combined with Art 261 carries 3 transfer units to U . B . C . No lab fee. (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Art 252 A study of packaging technology and the design of surface graphics for rigid and flexible plastic, paper and wax wrap, folding cartons and labels. Newspaper and magazine advertising layout. Publicity and promotion assignments for the college and for approved outside institutions. Mounting artwork for presentation. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 2 5 5 — PAINTING M E D I A II (S) A R T 261 - 19th A N D 20th C E N T U R Y A R T (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 260 The growth of two and three-dimensional design in 20th C e n t u r y art m o v e m e n t s , including " A r t Nouveau", Bauhaus and the contemporary European and North American art trends; new discoveries in the field of form organization and the visual language in the present day. (3,3,1) Further study and practice of painting in the medium of the student's individual choice. Sustained development of themes, according to the student's preference. Additional experience in painting the nude. Continuing investigation of contemporary modes of expression, including guest speakers and field-trips. The study of more complex compositional problems, representational, semi-abstract and abstract. The function of the artist in today's society. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 257 — S C U L P T U R E III (F) Note: This course combined with Art 260 carries 3 transfer units to U.B.C. No lab fee. A R T 262 - A D V A N C E D LIFE D R A W I N G I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 184 Life drawing with emphasis on an interpretative and creative approach; study in depth of drawing techniques and styles in reference to contemporary trends in fine and applied arts; further exploration of graphic elements derived from observation of the human body, action and character. (3,3,1) A study of classical and modern sculpture; the investigation of modern sculpture forms through the student's work; experimentation and work in several media: metal, plastics, wood, cloth, paper, stone and those producing both soft and hard three-dimensional forms and constructions. Lab fee: $7.00 Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 2 6 3 — A D V A N C E D LIFE D R A W I N G II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 262 Further study and practice of interpretative and creative life drawing, including stylization and abstraction of human form; design element in figurative drawing; experiments with drawing media. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 265 - S C U L P T U R E IV (S) (3,3,1) Advanced problems in sculptural forms. Students will be encouraged to experiment in the media of their choice and to develop their own individual Style. Lab fee: $7.00 58 A R T 267 - WEAVING III (F) (3,3,1) A R T 278 — G R A P H I C A N D PRINT M E D I A (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 192 Supervised exploration of graphic arts and printing techniques of particular interest to the student, and the application of these to real or simulated reproduction problems. Contact with outside trades and suppliers in the course of completing assignments. Lab fee: $7.00 Investigations of old and new weaving forms. Advanced tapestry, pattern weaves, double weave, weighted warp, rope weaving and knotting. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 268 — W E A V I N G IV (S) (3,3,1) Three-dimensional weaving. Basketry and its use in creating sculptural forms. The study of synthetic materials to create wall-hangings. This course includes seminars and field-trips to weavers' studios, art galleries and commercial outlets. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 279 — A R T 269 A D V A N C E D ILLUSTRATION (S) (3,3,1) Specific assignments geared to students' talents and inclinations. Story illustration, TV and f i l m g r a p h i c s , annual report covers, product illustration, experiments in illustration media and techniques. Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 273 — POTTERY III (F) DISPLAY DESIGN (S) A R T 2 8 0 — D E S I G N W O R K S H O P (S) (3,3,1) Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee:$7.00 ART282 — E T C H I N G III (F) POTTERY IV (S) (3,3,1) A R T 2 8 3 — P R I N T M A K l N G IV (S) RENDERING (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Etching II or instructor's permission. A comprehensive study of Intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced etching student. Other areas that come under consideration will include d i m e n s i o n a l prints, photographic techniques, the lucite print, uninked embossing etc. Pre-requisite: Art 258 An exploration of more complex forms made by hand and wheel processes; development of original glazes; study of contemporary styles and creative ceramics. Field trips to ceramic studios and art galleries. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B . F . A . Studio Program at U . B . C . Lab fee: $7.00 A R T 275 (S) (3,3,1) (3,0,1) Pre-requisites: Art 252, Art 278 Students will undertake to design and produce specific items for the College or other approved clients, under supervision. Projects will be selected to capitalize on the student's acquired knowledge and skills and will involve his or her personal contact with outside agents and suppliers. The student will be responsible from initial concept to finished product. Preparation of personal portfolios and samples for display. Lab fee: $7.00 Pre-requisite: Art 165 Further exploration of pottery techniques, glaze materials, with increasing emphasis on craftsmanship and design. Study of the world's ceramics. A R T 274 - (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: Art 164, Art 178. The design of merchandising environments and display areas, including exhibition booths, boutiques and store fronts. Perspective renderings and model construction. Field trips. Lab fee: $7.00 TECHNIQUES (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Etching III or instructor's permission. Designed for the advanced p r i n t m a k i n g student, the main concern will be with combination techniques based upon the individual's needs. This course will also help familiarize the student with print exhibitions, competitions, p r i n t m a k i n g societies, workshops, etc. The students will mount a show of their work as a final project. Pre-requisite: Art 164 The illustration of objects and scenes for retail or editorial use and for newspaper or fine-screen reproduction. Students will explore a variety of mediums, including pen and ink, wash, opaque pigment, f l u o r o g r a p h i c and overlay. Experience in research and development of reference material. Lab fee: $7.00 59 BIOLOGY 105 — C U R R E N T C O N C E P T S IN BIOLOGY (S) (3,3,1) A R T 284 — F A B R I C P R I N T I N G III (F) (3,3,1) Projects using a combination of fabric printing methods. More advanced methods of screen printing, including photographic techniques. Study of the history of fabric printing. Lab fee: $7.00 Pre-requisite: Biology 104 A continuation of Biology 104, including such topics as the origin of life, evolutionary theory; principles of ecology; and concepts of animal behaviour. A R T 285 (3,3,1) (S) BIOLOGY 110 — INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY (F,S) (3,3,1) More advanced projects using a combination of fabric printing methods with the addition of padding and stitching. Lab fee: $7.00 Pre-requisite: None; however, Biology II is strongly recommended. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in this area. Major topics will include the origin of life; cell structure and function; the types of cell division; introductory genetics; and the process of development. FABRIC P R I N T I N G IV Biology BIOLOGY III — INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY (F,S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the discussion of basic biological concepts including evolution; a survey of the plant and animal kingdoms; important aspects of selected biological systems; animal behaviour; and ecology. BIOLOGY 200 — GENETICS (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A study of the principles of inheritance, Mendelian and non-Mendelian; the chemical nature of the gene, gene structure and function, gene duplication in bacteria and viruses as well as some study of higher organisms including man. BIOLOGY 204 - E C O L O G Y I (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 104 & 105 or 110 # 111 The first term of an introductory course in general ecology, stressing biotic-environmental relationships at the ecosystem l e v e l ; the concept of the ecosystem, its components and dynamics; energy flow in ecosystems, nutrient cycling, biogeoclimatic zones with emphasis on British Columbia, vegetation analysis, tropical ecosystems. Emphasis is on principles of plant ecology and on problems in this field. All BIOLOGY courses, except Biology 200, require weekly laboratory periods or field trips. BIOLOGY 205 BIOLOGY 104 BIOLOGY (F,S) C U R R E N T C O N C E P T S IN (3,3,1) E C O L O G Y II (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 204 A continuation of Biology 204, with emphasis on principles and problems of animal ecology, including discussion of selected non-British Columbian ecosystems; study of soils, pollution and its ecological s i g n i f i c a n c e ; population dynamics; the human population explosion; ecological aspects of animal behaviour; modern trends and problems in ecology. The first term of a course designed as a laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to take further courses in the biological sciences. Some basic principles of biology will be presented and applied to those human biological problems relating to the structure and function of the cell; genetics; and physiology. 60 BIOLOGY 210 — M O R P H O L O G Y OF V A S C U LAR PLANTS (F) (3,3,1) BIOLOGY 220 — PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A comparative study of the vascular plant groups, the pteridophytes, gymnosperms and angiosperms with emphasis on the evolution, morphology, ecology and function of each of the groups. Discussion of problems in plant morphology. Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111. Recommended Chemistry 104 and 105 or 110 and 111 taken concurrently. A comprehensive treatment of introductory m i c r o b i o l o g y . The o r i g i n , basic structure, function, diversity and significance of microorganisms. Evolution will serve as the main unifying concept. BIOLOGY 212 (F) (3,3,1) I N V E R T E B R A T E ZOOLOGY BIOLOGY 221 - PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A comparative survey of the invertebrates. Major phyla and classes, with emphasis upon evolutionary trends, adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. BIOLOGY 213 (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 220. A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing the growth, genetics and ecology of microorganisms. Micro-organisms in agriculture, forestry, various industries, health and sanitation. V E R T E B R A T E ZOOLOGY Business Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A logical continuation from the invertebrate course, covering the vertebrates and protochordates. Major phyla and orders will be covered, with emphasis again on evolutionary trends, morphology, function and ecology of each group. Evolution will be the main unifying concept. Current problems in the field will also be stressed. BIOLOGY 214 — C E L L BIOLOGY (F) BUSINESS 150 — ESSENTIALS OF B O O K K E E P I N G (F) (3,1.5,1) A n introductory course designed to cover basic terminology, techniques and applications of accounting, including the theory and practice of keeping adequate records; use of special journals; controlling accounts and subsidiary ledgers; periodic adjustments, closing procedures and preparation of financial statements. The course will include 3 hours of lecture and discussion material and 1 Vi lab hours per week. (3,3,1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : Biology 110 and 111 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed. An integrated study of cell structure and function as determined by electron microscopy; ultrastructure will be related to cell physiology and biochemistry. The interrelations among the various components will be discussed from an evolutionary view point. Laboratory excercises will concentrate on the use of light vs. electron microscopy and through this comparison develop an appreciation for micro units. BIOLOGY 215 — C E L L BIOLOGY (S) BUSINESS (3,1.5,1) 152 — ACCOUNTING (F) Pre-requisite: Bookkeeping 12, " C " grade or better; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. A review of the basics of accounting, with emphasis on practical problem-solving. Material will include specialized journals, adjustments, closing procedures, financial statements, payrolls and other matters related to the accounting function. (3,3,1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : Biology 214 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 201, if not already completed. An examination of the biochemistry of the cell beginning with the fundamentals of thermodynamics. The bioenergetics of a living unit will be related to ultrastructure. Emphasis will be placed on the interaction of exergonic and endergonic reactions. Laboratory exercises will include biochemical techniques in isolating organic molecules, as well as studying portions of biochemical pathways. BUSINESS 153 - A C C O U N T I N G (S) (3, 1.5, 1) Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of Business 152; a grade " B " or better in Business 150; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. Further development of work started in the first term, including balance sheet accounts, emphasizing such problem areas as cash, receivables, depreciation, inventory evaluation; partnerships, budgeting, income tax. 61 professional s e l l i n g including p r o s p e c t i n g , q u a l i f y i n g and contracting prospects. T h e course will also cover, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. BUSINESS 155 - ESSENTIALS OF B O O K K E E P I N G (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Business 150; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. A continuation of work begun in Business 150 with emphasis on cash, receivables, payroll and other basic bookkeeping functions. The course will include 3 hours of lecture and discussion material and 1 Vi lab hours per week. BUSINESS 266 — S M A L L BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T (S) (3,0,1) A n examination of the forms and methods of organization and problems of small business in our society, such as failure and success; capital and credit; planning; financial control; marketing problems; legal relationships. BUSINESS 170 — BUSINESS L A W I (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will emphasize the application of legal p r i n c i p l e s to business relationships through the study of Court decisions (case law) and respective legislation. The areas of study to be particularly covered are the Law of Contract, Law of Commercial Transactions and Sale of Goods Act, Secured Transactions and the Bill of Sales Act of Conditional Sales Act, Creditors Remedies and the Execution Act. Business Management BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 150 — BUSINESS M A T H E M A T I C S (F) (3,0,1) Mathematical topics including: basic number theory; sets, relations, and functions; linear algebra and matrix operations; algorithmic methods, numeric a n a l y s i s and financial mathematics. BUSINESS 171 — BUSINESS L A W II (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will emphasize the application of legal p r i n c i p l e s to business relationships through the study of Court decisions (case law), and respective legislation. The areas of study to be p a r t i c u l a r l y covered are the Law of Partnership, Admiralty Law, Company Law and the B.C. Companies Act, Torts and Insurance, and Real Property. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 151 — S T A TISTICAL A N A L Y S I S A N D A P P L I C A T I O N (S) (6,0,2) The theory and application of statistics as it applies to business including: data presentation and description; probability theory and distributions; tests of hypnothesis; and predictive and analytic techniques. BUSINESS 173 - C O N S U M E R L A W (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will deal with the protection and remedies available to a consumer with regard to everyday transactions, emphasizing both the common law and existing legislation. The areas that will be particularly dealt with are the Law of Contract, Sale of Goods Act, Consumer Act, and the Small Loans Act. BUSINESS 175 (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 154 A C C O U N T I N G I (F,S) (6,0,2) - The principles and techniques of a complete accounting cycle, covering assets, liabilities and owner's equity; basic accounting procedures; changes in owner's equity, closing the books; adjustments for accrued revenue, accrued expense, and revenue and cost apportionments. The construction of working papers and financial statements including merchandise operations. Accounting for proprietorships, partnerships, and limited companies. Procedures and principles a p p l i c a b l e to cash, investments, receivables, inventory, fixed assets, and liabilities. Accounting for manufacturing operations and basic cost accounting techniques. The analysis of financial data for management, including sources and uses of working capital, cash flow statements and cash forecasting, departmental and branch operations. Accounting aids for management, budget and profit planning, consolidated statements. Canadian tax structure and Federal Provincial tax arrangements, Income Tax. A l l students are BUSINESS A W A R E N E S S A survey type course for the layman in business matters. Subjects covered include rules and rights in the market place, business law for everyday living, personal tax facts, the job market, effective human relations in business. B U S I N E S S 260 — S A L E S M A N S H I P (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to professional s e l l i n g . Communication including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of 62 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 163 — PRINCIPLES OF SUPERVISION A N D L E A D E R S H I P (F,S) (3,0,1) Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e., leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict, and the introduction of change. required to complete a practice set during the second term. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 155 — A C C O U N T I N G II (F,S) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Business Management 154. A continuation of the work begun in Business Management 154. Note: When both Business Management 154 and 155 are completed, they receive 6 semester hours credit in Commerce at S . F . U . , and 1 /2 HOURS CREDIT FOR Commerce 151 and IV2 hours unassigned Commerce credit at U . B . C . 1 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 172 — ADMINIST R A T I V E PRACTICES A N D O R G A N I Z A T I O N (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 156 — O F F I C E S Y S T E M S A N D E Q U I P M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the basic nature of business problems and to the administrative process involved in handling them. Study and discussion of actual business situations selected to illustrate typical problems met in industry requiring managerial analysis, decision and action. An introduction to the capabilities of the commonly used machines, such as adding and calculating machines, cash registers, copiers and duplicating equipment, microfilming, dictating equipment, the flexowriter. Operating skill with the adding and calculating machines only. Note: Students taking this course will receive IV2 hours transfer credit for Commerce 190 at U.B.C. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 157 — E L E M E N T S OF M E R C H A N D I S I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) A survey course of widely varying merchandising techniques and strategies covering many commodities. Where possible extensive use of successful merchandisers as guest lecturers will be made. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 176 — M A N A G E M E N T IN INDUSTRY (F,S) (3,0,1) An orientation into the nature of business in the private enterprise system, with emphasis on the role and interaction of the three levels of government with business; the role of financial intermediaries and the Capital Market in influencing the behaviour of firms; and the financial function of management. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 158 — M A R K E T ING I (F,S) (3,0,1) An introduction to the marketing environment and marketing institutions; detailed study of the basic marketing f u n c t i o n s , market research, product planning, selection of trade channels, merchandising advertising, sales promotion and salesmanship, with emphasis on the marketing of industrial as well as consumer goods. Note: Business Management 172 and Business Management 176 taken together receive 3 semester hours credit in Commerce at S . F . U . BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 180 — INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING (F,S) (3,0,1) To provide a general orientation to the computer, what it is, how it f u n c t i o n s , understanding the capabilities and limitations of computers. It examines the impact of computers on management, decision making and the organization it serves. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 159 — M A R K E T ING II (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 158 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. A continuation of the work begun in Business Management 158. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T A N D COLLECTIONS (F,S) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 252 - A S P E C T S OF T A X A T I O N A N D P E R S O N A L INVESTM E N T F U N D A M E N T A L S (F,S) (3,0,1) 162 — CREDIT (3,0,1) An examination of the methods of record keeping and tax reporting. A n attempt to acquaint the student with some aspects of tax accounting which will allow him to take advantage of current tax-saving alternatives. The investment fundamentals will provide the student with information necessary to extablish A study of various types of credit and their use by retail businesses, commercial enterprises and consumers, including sources of information; credit policy; control; analysis and collection techniques. G3 a personal or family financial plan, using such vehicles as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, insurance, real estate to achieve financial objectives. role and requirements of the sales person, the relationship of promotion to sales and resulting budgeting principles and techniques. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 255 — FINANCIA L A N D M A N A G E R I A L A C C O U N T I N G I (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 260— F I N A N C E I (F,S) (3,0,1) Business risk and uncertainty. Financial measurements. Annual rate of return. Net present value, internal rate of return. Annual cost. Pay-back Period. Anticipating financial needs of the firm. Case studies covering financial problems will form a major part of this course. This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in Business Management 154/ 155. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 256 — FINANCIA L A N D M A N A G E R I A L A C C O U N T I N G II (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 261 — F I N A N C E II (F,S) (3,0,1) Acquiring financial resources, cost of capital, internal f i n a n c i n g . A l l o c a t i n g f i n a n c i a l resources within the firm. Leverage and liquidity. Administering circulating capital. Financial aspects of mergers and take-overs. Tax considerations. Case studies will form an integral part of this course. This course is a logical sequel to Business Management 255 in that it studies current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. The course encompasses the study of Financial A c c o u n t i n g at a level beyond B u s i n e s s Management 255. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 257 - T H E CORP O R A T I O N A N D S O C I E T Y (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 262 — S Y S T E M S ANALYSIS & APPLICATIONS! (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of the interaction of business firms with societies of which they are part; an examination of social responsibility, legitimacy, accountability as related to profit making organizations; the firm's responsibility viz consumers, shareholders, labour, the community and government. A n introduction to business systems and computer based information systems for organizational use. Developing an information system, step by step. Basic principles of systems analysis and design, flowcharting, file design and definition and reporting structure. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 258 — PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING, A N D S A L E S I (F,S) MERCHANDISING B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 263 — A D V A N C E D D A T A PROCESSING (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is an extension of BM180: Areas of study include: file organization, processing methods — batch/on line/real time decision tables and program flow charting. A n introduction to the five major p r o g r a m m i n g languages, along with a practical training in the use of RPG II. (3,0,1) Emphasis in the first term is placed on understanding the principles and practices of advertising, from a creative and managerial viewpoint. Examination of advertising's effectiveness as a marketing tool, its place in our society, economically and socially, its planning and creation. Areas of study include print and electronic media, with emphasis on theoretical and practical aspects of layout, art, copy, production, planning, media selection and buying, research and testing. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 264 - M A N A G E R I A L A N D C O S T A C C O U N T I N G I (F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 259 — PRINCIPLES OF A D V E R T I S I N G , M E R C H A N D I S I N G A N D S A L E S II (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 154/155 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. Decision-making and planning in organizations using accounting tools. The nature of accounting controls. Common control methods. Measures of management performance. The role of the management cost accountant. The second term applies knowledge of advertising and management techniques to merchandising and salesmanship, and examines the inter-relationship of these three elements. Areas of study include merchandising, promotion principles and techniques, the 64 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 265 — QUANTIT A T I V E AIDS TO DECISION M A K I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) income differentials, promotion transfer, fringe benefits and employee morale. P r e - r e q u i s i t e : M a t h e m a t i c s 150/151 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. Quantitive tools in use in modern management. Inventory models, EOQ, buffer levels and lead times, project planning, PERT, linear regression as a forecasting tool, linear programming as an optimization technique. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 271 — RETAILING (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is designed to acquaint the student with the r e t a i l e r ' s role in the d i s t r i b u t i o n process, the types of retail establishments and their relative strengths and weaknesses, the analysis of a trading area, site location, store layout, the influence of changing life styles on consumer demand patterns, techniques for determining customer demand, policy formulation, store image, the organization and operation of a retail establishment. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 266 — C A N A D I A N F I N A N C I A L INSTITUTIONS A N D M O N E Y M A R K E T S (F,S) (1.5,0,-5) Examination of financial intermediaries and their role in the commercial structure of society. Money and capital markets as allocators of credit. A firm's and individual's access to these resources. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 272 — C O N S U M E R B E H A V I O U R (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is to 1) acquaint the student with the basic concepts of consumer behaviour, 2) explain the inter-relationship that exists between the important variables 3) develop an understanding of consumer decision processes. More s p e c i f i c a l l y the course will analyze the foundation for consumer behaviour, the individual, the environmental influences on cons u m e r s , business effects, and consumer purchase decisions. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 268 — H U M A N R E S O U R C E M A N A G E M E N T I (F,S) (3,0,1) Part I of the Human Resource Management Course will explore concepts in interpersonal and organizational behaviour. During that time, students will actively participate in discussions, role-playing, and other simulated activities dealing with such organizational factors as motivation, leadership, power and authority, status, roles, and role conflict. Self-evaluative constructive feedback will be e m p h a s i z e d throughout. Communication patterns in organizational settings will also be examined. The primary focus here will be on interpersonal communications as experienced by those supervisory and managerial positions or those aspiring to such positions. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 273 — E L E M E N T S OF ADVERTISING S T R A T E G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) The purpose of this course is to treat advertising as an accepted part of marketing and to indicate to management and the public the place of advertising in modern society. M o r e s p e c i f i c a l l y the course w i l l cover advertising concepts, advertising strategy, the preparation of the advertisement, media mix, research, the integration of advertising prog r a m s a n d legal a s p e c t s . BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 269 — H U M A N R E S O U R C E M A N A G E M E N T II (F,S) (3,0,1) Part II of the Human Resource Management Course will deal with supervisory-management skills development in the personnel field. Heavy emphasis will be placed on providing the students with practical tools and experiences in such areas as recruitment, selection, placement of personnel, job descriptions, and analysis; training and performance appraisal; wage and salary administration; union management relations, etc. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 274 — M A N A G E RIAL A N D COST A C C O U N T I N G II (F,S) (6,0,2) A more indepth study of subjects covered in Business Management 264. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, Planning and Cost Control Systems, Performance Evaluation Methods, strategic decision making methods. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 275 ING R E S E A R C H (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 270 - P E R S O N NEL A D M I N I S T R A T I O N (F,S) (3,0,1) MARKET- The purpose of this course is to relate how to make the most effective use of marketing research in business. More specifically the course will cover the nature and scope of research, research design, basic methods of collecting data, marketing research procedures The course covers the fundamental tasks of effective personnel management — in particular: administrative procedures, job descriptions, recruiting, interviewing, selection orientation, training wage and salary administration, 65 and selected applications of search. marketing B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 290 — G R A M M I N G I (F) (6,0,2) re- This course provides a general knowledge of computing, using programming language R P G II to describe data processing problems. Areas of study include program fundamentals, card design and implementation, compilation, desk checking, debugging, programming concepts, table handling, introduction to disc systems, and the operation of the computer. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 276 - M A R K E T ING M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) This course introduces the student to the approaches and problems of the marketing decision making under conditions of uncertainty. Marketing planning and strategy, buyer behaviour, product strategy, distribution strategy, promotional strategy, pricing strategy and integrated programs will be evaluated. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 291 — G R A M M I N G II (S) (6,0,2) PRO- This course is an extension of B M 290, strengthening the knowledge of RPG II. Areas of study include: disk system management, operation control language, disk file organizations, access methods, file maintenance and system generation. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 277 — INTERNATIONAL M A R K E T I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product-distribution-promotion mixes for export markets of C a n a d i a n Industry with emphasis on Pacific Rim and U.S.A. market influences. Adapting domestic marketing techniques to foreign conditions. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 278 M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) PRO- B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 292 G R A M M I N G III (F) (6, 0, 2) PRO- Provides the student with a practical training in the organization and writing of programs in the COBOL language. Topics include: program o r g a n i z a t i o n , program f l o w c h a r t s , program instructions, compilation, desk checking, debugging, card to printer, disc to printer routines. SALES The scope of this course includes all of the activities which the executive in charge of an outside sales force is likely to encounter. More specifically it covers sales organization, operations, planning, analysis and evaluation. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 293 - S Y S T E M S A N A L Y S I S & APPLICATIONS II (F) (3,0,1) This course is an extension of B M 262 furthering the ability to analyze managerial requirements of information systems, analysis of managerial decisions, information requirements to support these decisions, controls, audit trails, backup and user education. It provides a thorough understanding of payroll, accounts payable, accounts receivable, inventory control, account ledgers. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 280 — AUDITING I (F,S) (3,0,1) Objectives, principles and procedures of auditing f o r i n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l application. The audit of cash, receivables, inventories, investments, prepaid expenses, tangible assets, liabilities and equity. B U S I N E S S M A N A G E M E N T 294 — G R A M M I N G IV (S) (6,0,2) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 282 — AUDITING M (F,S) (3,0,1) This course covers auditing procedures for intangibles, proprietorship, financial statement preparation, the audit report, legal requirements, audit procedures for small businesses, share capital and changes in surplus. PRO- This course is an extension of B M 292, strengthening the s t u d e n t ' s knowledge of COBOL. Areas of study include: table handling techniques, master file updates, file maintenance, program instructions related to disk file handling techniques and programming for efficient execution. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 284 - T A X A T I O N (F,S) (3,0,1) A study, largely depending upon the case study method of the Income Tax Act and determination of taxable income and tax payable, thereon for individuals and corporations. Strategic planning to achieve tax minimization is an integral part of this course. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 296 - M A N A G E M E N T INFORMATION SYSTEMS (F,S) (3,0,1) The course examines and covers the development of information systems in the management areas of: finance and a c c o u n t i n g , marketing, operations and project manage- 66 C H E M I S T R Y 105 — F U N D A M E N T A L S OF C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) ment. Additional topics include: structure of a M . I . S . , data base file organization and management, telecommunication systems. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 104 A study of electrochemistry; introductory t h e r m o d y n a m i c s ; representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic chemistry. Chemistry C H E M I S T R Y 110 — P R I N C I P L E S A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 11, Chemistry 12, or Chemistry 030, and Mathematics 12. Mathematics 112 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A course for students who plan careers in science. A study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical bonding. C H E M I S T R Y 110 — SPL — PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 11, Chemistry 12 or Chemistry 030, and Mathematics 12. Mathematics 112 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A self paced learning course equivalent in content to Chemistry 110, open to any student but designed to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus, or a satellite centre, on a regular basis. C H E M I S T R Y ill — PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) All Chemistry courses include weekly threehour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. Pre-requisite: Chemistry 110. Mathematics 113 and 114 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. Thermodynamics, equilibrium, acids, bases, and salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; transition metals and their complexes; organic chemistry. C H E M I S T R Y 030 — A N INTRODUCTION TO C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: None. (No University transfer credit) This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in Sciences. No labs are given. The atom, atomic w e i g h t s , the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. B a l a n c i n g equations, s i m p l e mathematical solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium. C H E M I S T R Y III — SPL — PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S OF C H E M I S T R Y (F,S,SU) (3) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 110. Mathematics 113 and 114 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A self paced learning course equivalent in content to Chemistry 111 and designated to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnour Campus, or a satellite centre, on a regular basis. C H E M I S T R Y 104 — F U N D A M E N T A L S OF C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,3,1) A course specifically designed for nonscience students which also fulfills first-year chemistry requirements for nursing, home economics and physical e d u c a t i o n . A study of chemical principles; stoichiometry; oxidation-reduction, solids, liquids and gases; the chemical bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity. C H E M I S T R Y 200 — O R G A N I C C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 105 or 111 A study of nomenclature; structure; identification, and spectroscopy of organic molecules, 67 Co-ordination chemistry: nomenclature, history, symmetry, preparation, reactions and mechanisms. Valence bond theory, crystal field theory, orbital splitting and its application, Jahn Teller effects, molecular orbital theory. T h e r m o d y n a m i c stability a n d co-ordination complexes. Chemical kinetics, enzyme catalysis. Reaction rates related to crystal field theory and valence bond theory. alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, ethers, acids. C H E M I S T R Y 201 — O R G A N I C C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 200 Optical insomerism; carbohydrates; amines, amides, nitriles, nitro, azo, diazo and related compounds; protein chemistry; electrophilic aromatic substitution; heterocyclics; polymers; natural products. Commerce C H E M I S T R Y 204 — INTRODUCTION TO P H Y S I C A L I N O R G A N I C C H E M I S T R Y (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 105 with " B " standing or Chemistry 111, and Mathematics 112, 113 and 114. A course for students majoring in the biological sciences and for those planning careers in medicine, dentistry, agriculture or forestry. A study of thermodynamics, thermochemistry; equilibrium; acids and bases, pH determinations, solubility products qualitative inorganic analysis, reaction rates and chemical kinetics. Biological application of these topics stressed. This course includes three hours of laboratory work per week. C H E M I S T R Y 205 — INTRODUCTION TO P H Y S I C A L INORGANIC C H E M I S T R Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 204 A study of electrochemistry; galvanic cells, oxidation-reduction in biological systems; macromolecular systems, main group systematic chemistry; transition elements and C O M M E R C E 010 - P E R S O N A L T Y P I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) Introduction to typewriting for students who h a v e h a d no p r e v i o u s i n s t r u c t i o n . Mastery of keyboard by touch system; correct typing technique; operation and care of typewriter; development of speed and accuracy; letter and manuscript s t y l e s . A c a d e m i c students or members of the community who wish to learn to type for personal use, will find this an excellent course. co- oridnation complexes. This course includes three hours of laboratory work per week. C H E M I S T R Y 210— P H Y S I C A L INORGANIC I (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 111 and Mathematics 112, 113 and 114. Mathematics 230 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. Quantum mechanics, wave equation. Schrodinger equation and Hamiltonian operators, particle in a box d e r i v a t i o n s . Quantum mechanics applied to hydrogen atoms, Electron spin effects. Valence bond theory, crystal field and molecular orbital theory as a quantum mechanical basis for interpretation of coordination chemistry. Note: This course is not offered for credit toward Commerce Career or Vocational programs. C O M M E R C E 151 — C O M M E R C I A L SKILLS C O M P O S I T E (Summer Term Only) (4.5,0,1.5) A practical course dealing with the application of skills related to office machines and office procedures. Operation of w o r d processing typewriter, switchboard, dictation and transcription e q u i p m e n t , c o p y i n g and duplicating machines, the shorthand machine and calculators. Increase in typing speed and production will form part of the course. C H E M I S T R Y 211 - P H Y S I C A L INORGANIC II (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 210, Mathematics 231 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. 68 COMMERCE (4.5,0,1.5) 152 — TYPING (F,S) C O M M E R C E 162 - M A C H I N E T R A N S C R I P TION (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) Introduction to typewriting for students with no previous instruction. Mastery of keyboard by touch system; correct typing technique; operation and care of typewriter; development of speed and accuracy. Introduction of styles and formats of business letters and memos. Pre-requisite: Typing speed of 30 w.p.m. General, legal or medical machine transcription. Practice in transcribing forms, letters and reports from IBM Executary, Stenocord and L a n i e r E d i s e t t e dictation equipment. T h i s course entails a mandatory 1 /2 hour lab. C O M M E R C E 154 — TYPING II (4.5,0.1.5) I 1 C O M M E R C E 163 — M A C H I N E TRANSCRIPTION (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) (F,S) Continuation of work begun in Commerce 162. Continuation of speed development and accuracy in typewriting with emphasis on production, letter styles, tabulation and office forms. C O M M E R C E 164 — TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T I (F,S,SU) (1.5,0,.5) Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings in order to increase speed and accuracy in typewriting. C O M M E R C E 156 — A L P H A B E T I C SHORTH A N D (F,S) (4.5,1.5,1.5) Beginning study of an alphabetic shorthand system with emphasis on application of theory and development of speed, utilizing highfrequency vocabulary. Successful students should be able to take dictation at 80 w.p.m. after completing one term. This course entails a mandatory 1 /2 hour lab. C O M M E R C E 165 — TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T II (F, S,SU) (1.5,0,.5) C O M M E R C E 158 - O F F I C E T E C H N O L O G Y A N D P R O C E D U R E S (F,S) (3,1.5,1) General or legal option: A course in which emphasis is placed on developing a professional approach to typing problems with a minimum of supervision through timed production of work and acceptable work standards. Continuation of Commerce 164. C O M M E R C E 166 — PRODUCTION TYPING I (F,S) (3,1.5,1) 1 Pre-requisite: Typing speed of 50 w.p.m. Up-to-date practical application of business skills and knowledge relative to various types of office: including information and data control, filing, operation of switchboard, correct operation and use of calculators and word-processing equipment. C O M M E R C E 168 - M A C H I N E S H O R T H A N D (F,S) (4.5,1.5,1.5) Students will learn the basic theory of touch shorthand, how to operate the touch shorthand machine correctly and will work toward developing speeds up to 100 w.p.m. with 90% accuracy. C O M M E R C E 159 — S H O R T H A N D (PITMAN) I (F,S) (4.5,1.5,1.5) Beginning study of the principles of Pitman shorthand based on a well-presented sequence of lessons from New Basic C o u r s e with emphasis on the application of Pitman Shorthand theory in developing speed utilizing high frequency vocabulary. This course entails a 1V2 hour lab. C O M M E R C E 169 — S H O R T H A N D (PITMAN) II (F,S) (4.5,1.5,1.5) Continuation of Commerce 159. A course emphasizing theory, vocabulary expansion, development of speed and facility in writing, with accurate transcription. This course entails a mandatory 1 /2 hour lab. 1 C O M M E R C E 161 — BUSINESS TIONS (S) (3,1.5,1) CALCULA- C O M M E R C E 170 LEGAL TRANSCRIPTION-SPL (1.5, 0, .5) Comprehensive review and drill in fundamentals of arithmetic and algebra in relation to business usage, with emphasis on accuracy in computation; fractions; percentages, ratios; insurance; commission; profit and loss; foreign exchange, metric system, trade and cash discounts, statistical tools. MACHINE (F.S.SU) Self-paced learning course designed for those who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus, or a satellite centre on a regular basis. This course is of particular value to those 69 lengths, and improvement of rapid and accurate transcription skills. students starting work or interested in starting letters, accounts, wills, and corporate work (incorporation, resolutions, filings with Registrar). Six 10-minute recorded "lectures" give the student some basic knowledge of procedures and terminology necessary for a legal secretary. C O M M E R C E 180 PROFESSIONAL D E V E L O P M E N T S E M I N A R (F,S) (3,0,1) A seminar course designed to provide an opportunity for women in the community to meet in a group setting to explore present (or future) career concerns relating to status, age, image, opportunities for e m p l o y m e n t , job security and advancement. Emphasis will be placed on meeting the needs of the individual within her personal and professional geography. The course will include guest speakers, films, and group discussion. C O M M E R C E 171 - S P E C I A L I Z E D SHORTH A N D (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : C o m p l e t i o n of one term of shorthand theory. Individualized study and review of student's shorthand system; expansion of vocabulary; specialized vocabulary theory; dictation of terminology and specialized material apropos to student's choice of career. C O M M E R C E 181 - W O M E N IN M A N A G E M E N T (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) This course, dealing with the role of women managers in business and organizations and encompasses practice in problem-solving and decision-making through analysis, practice in innovation or creative t h i n k i n g , and in organizational/motivational techniques, Management styles, meeting procedures (Rules), and the use of persuasion tactics in debate also will be studied, in order to understand, gain or increase managerial skills. C O M M E R C E 184 — O R G A N I Z A T I O N A L A N D O F F I C E D Y N A M I C S (F,S) (3,0,1) C O M M E R C E 172 LEGAL MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION - SPL (F,S, SU) (1.5, 0, .5) This course, a continuation of 162, covers basic commercial (employment, partnership agreements, sales contracts) and litigation (writs, statements of claim, and defence, affidavits, notices of motion, etc.) documents and procedures. Self-paced learning course. C O M M E R C E 173 — S P E C I A L I Z E D SHORTH A N D (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) This course is designed to provide students with practical experience and skill in dealing with office procedures and problems such as g r i e v a n c e s , d i s c r i m i n a t i o n , office protocol, difficult employer/employee relationships, etc. Recognition, cause and solution of problems will be presented through sociodrama and role playing — with the group being a facilitator of analysis and learning. Continuation of Commerce 171. C O M M E R C E 174 - TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T III (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Continuation of Commerce 165. C O M M E R C E 175 — TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T IV (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Continuation of Commerce 174. C O M M E R C E 185 — PUBLIC RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) Economic and social factors that affect relations between public and media in shaping public o p i n i o n . P r o b l e m s encountered in interpreting an organization to its various publics and vise versa. Practical information on how to utilize media (print, radio, T.V.,etc.) and how to develop or increase public relation skills. C O M M E R C E 176 — PRODUCTION TYPING II (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Continuation of Commerce 166. C O M M E R C E 177 SHORTHAND D E V E L O P M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) SPEED Ability to take dictation at 60 w.p.m. with fairly accurate transcription. Continuation of speed development, with 95% accuracy in transcription, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material. C O M M E R C E 186 - C O N S U M E R C O U N S E L LING (F,S) (3,0,1) A n analysis of types and groups of consumers; how society is encouraged to consume, methods of counselling and assistance for debtors and creditors; types of credit, credit components, credit cards, credit ratings and the law relating to bankruptcy, Consumer Protection Act and Trade Practices Act. C O M M E R C E 179 — S H O R T H A N D S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) Ability to take dictation at approximately 80 w.p.m. with accurate transcription. Advanced speed development at rates of 100 - 120 w.p.m., dictation of unfamiliar material for varied time 70 C O M M E R C E 197 — C A R E E R S S E M I N A R (S) (1,0,1/3) rale and working conditions, effective use of time, reduction of office expenses, compiling data, presenting reports, and improvements in office technology will be included under lecture topics. Weekly informal meetings with executives from many segments of the business community, including lawyers, bankers, stock brokers, retailers, insurance and advertising executives, accountants, purchasing agents, personnel managers, data processors, editors, civil service officials, college administrators and others. Emphasis is placed upon discussion of career opportunities within each area and upon practical information relative to the speaker's expertise. C O M M E R C E 250 — L E G A L STUDIES (3,0,1) Legal Option — Legal Office Administration Pre-requisite: Commerce 258 How to make a legal office run more efficiently: an examination of office machines, printed forms and human resources available in small and large law firms; an examination of bookkeeping and accounting systems; filling and communications systems available; preparation of f l o w - c h a r t s ; preparation of work-study charts; relating costs of machinery, services, special stationery, etc., office environment and how it relates to efficiency through eliminating unnecessary movement, encouraging a comfortable atmosphere and reducing distractions for employees. (F) Introduction to the study of law, history, and background of British and Canadian constitutions, and a survey of the Canadian legal system, including its concepts, institutions, processes and functions; the relationship to other branches of government; the appointment, tenure and removal of judges; and the various areas of practice. C O M M E R C E 251 (3,0,1) L E G A L STUDIES N.B. Students who have not taken Commerce 258 at the College but who do have legal office experience can challenge the pre-requisite by either preparing assignments or taking an examination. (S) C O M M E R C E 279 - L A W IN SOCIETY (Formerly Legal Theory (F,S) (1.5, 0, .5) Continuation of Commerce 250. C O M M E R C E 258 — (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will examine theories of the nature and basis of law; law and ethics; law and morality; and how the law has affected certain groups in our society. In the Fall, 1974, the emphasis was on Women and the Law. In the Fall, 1975, the emphasis will be on the Law and the Native People of B.C. The seminar will deal with the legal situation of B.C. Indians, special rights, the history of government policy and administration relevant to British Columbia and some comparison to policy in other jurisdictions. Students will be required to pre-read for discussion in class. OFFICE PROCEDURES Continuation of Commerce 158 with specialized options. Legal Office Procedures A course to prepare secretarial and stenographic students for positions in legal offices. Instruction in timekeeping and accounting systems; acceptance and filing of court documents; forms and style of legal correspondence, transcripts; briefs; law library i n d e x i n g ; use of office equipment; ethical responsibilities, legal terminology. C O M M E R C E 281 — L E G A L R E S E A R C H (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Medical Office Procedures This course will acquaint the legal secretary with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as proofreading briefs and other legal documents, using encyclopedias, annotated reports, restatements, law r e v i e w s , case comments, locating decisions, citations, and the basics of legal drafting. Introduction to hospital admitting procedures and the various relationships between departments; correct techniques in dealing with personnel, patients and the public; plus procedures common to general medical offices — including insurance forms, appointments, patient records, billing, and professional ethics of paramedical personnel. C O M M E R C E 282 LITIGATION DURES (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) C O M M E R C E 259 - O F F I C E A D M I N I S T R A TION (F,S) (3,0,1) PROCE- Introduction to the judicial process, basic pleading and trial procedure in civil and criminal litigation; correct use of Supreme Court Rules; procedures in pre-trial preparation A course to assist the individual in becoming a more effective supervisor or administrator. Delegation of responsibility, motivation, mo71 COMMERCE 2 8 8 - F A M I L Y LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) Law and the family as a unit; engagement, marriage and its dissolution, rights and duties of spouses and parents; the law in respect to c h i l d c a r e ; custody access, g u a r d i a n s h i p , adoption; the role of family court, juvenile courts and human resource agencies. and documents; precedents, references, and forms of citation used in case law. C O M M E R C E 283 — C O R P O R A T E P R O C E DURES (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Examination of the British Columbia Companies Act and the various documents that a legal assistant or secretary must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and prepare documents to be filed with the Registrar. C O M M E R C E 289 LEGAL AUTHORITY A N D L A W E N F O R C E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) An examination of the Criminal Code, theory of criminal responsibility, legal elements of a crime, criminal procedure; the law respecting the use of force, rules of evidence, confession; identificaiton procedures, sentencing, punishment, probation, and parole. C O M M E R C E 284 — L A N D REGISTRY SYST E M (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Explanation of land registry system in British Columbia. Registration requirements of documents to be filed; how to search records; fees required for registration and the nature of charges, will be among the topics covered in this course. C O M M E R C E 290 — LEGISLATIVE P R O C E S SES (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Study of the electoral process in relation to the formation of federal and provincial statutes. Analysis of the relationship between legislative, administrative tribunals and the courts, the nature and limits of executive, legislative and judicial power, articulation of government policy in statutory form, translation of public policy into l e g i s l a t i o n , legal problems in implementing legislated policy. C O M M E R C E 285 — C O N V E Y A N C E A N D M O R T G A G E P R O C E D U R E S (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) A course dealing with all the basic legal procedures and documents involved in conveyancing and mortgaging — from the signing of the interim agreement to the transfer of title. Instruction in preparing documents for filing with the Land Registry Office. C O M M E R C E 286 - TORTS (F,S) C O M M E R C E 292 — P R O B L E M S IN LITIGATION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) (3,0,1) An introductory study of " t o r t s " — the protection of personal interest from interference and the way in which the courts meet this need in a changing society. Principal topics to be studied are: intentional torts, n e g l i g e n c e , strict l i a b i l i t y , defamation and nuisance, concepts of standard of care, casuality, duty and remoteness. Students will be required to pre-read cases for discussion in class. Pre-requisite: Commerce 282 This course, designed for para-legal personnel assisting in litigation, will deal with i n d i v i d u a l p r o b l e m s e n c o u n t e r e d in the process of litigation and how to anticipate or intercept difficulties. The course will be run as a seminar. Those students with work experience in this area may challenge the pre-requisite. COMMERCE 2 9 3 - C O M P A N Y LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) The law relating to corporations and partnerships in Canada; historical formation, structure and reorganization of a corporation; authority and fiduciary obligation of management; legal characteristics, rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders and some comparative aspects of corporation law in the U . K . , U.S., and Europe. C O M M E R C E 287 — WILLS A N D P R O B A T E (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Requirements of a proper and legal will; preparation of wills and codicils; examination of the Wills Act as it relates to who can make a will, how to revoke a will or execute a will; preparation of documents for probating a will; examination of the Succession Duty Act as it relates to time periods for filing documents and obtaining certificates of discharge; preparation of documents required to transfer property (e.g. real property, corporate stock, etc.) and for obtaining Grant of Letters of Administration; understanding legal terminology commonly found in documents used in probate and in wills. C O M M E R C E 294 - CITIZEN A D V O C A C Y (F,S) (3,0,1) A seminar course encompassing law and the c o m m u n i t y ; the representation of citizen groups, the law relating to civil liberties, legal 72 C O M M E R C E 305 — D I R E C T E D W O R K E X P E R I E N C E (COURT REPORTING P R A C TICE) (1.5,2,.5) The students will be assigned to court reporters who will supervise their recording and transcription at actual court trials. The student will continue to work toward developing speed on the shorthand machine up to 225 w.p.m. with 95% accuracy. aid services, and an examination of the " L a w yering process", i.e., skills necessary for interviewing, examining — witnesses, negotiating, etc. C O M M E R C E 295 — R E A L P R O P E R T Y (3,0,1) (F,S) A study of the law relating to the sale and purchase of real property with emphasis on remedies available for breach of contract; law and mortgages; law respecting landlord-tenant relationships including health and housing codes. COMMERCE 296-MUNICIPAL LAW (1.5,0,.5) V - C O M M E R C E 350 L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in Business English and Correspondence. Up to 4.5 hours of lab work are involved in this course. (F,S) V - C O M M E R C E 351 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) A functional study of the legislative and administrative process in local government; legal framework of regional government, the power and operation of municipal by-laws and their validity; municipal taxation, planning and zoning, land use and development. Skills laboratory in Shorthand. Up to 4.5 hours of lab work are involved in this course. V - C O M M E R C E 352 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in typewriting. Up to 4.5 hours of lab work are involved in this course. C O M M E R C E 298 WOMEN AND THE L E G A L PROCESS (F,S) (1.5,0,1.5) This course will examine the manner in which the law has affected the status of women, and will include: women and the criminal code; women and prisons; soliciting, rape, abortion, women and labour unions; discrimination in employment and p e n s i o n s ; human rights; affirmative action; marriage laws, maintenance, welfare, divorce, paternity, custody, common law m a r r i a g e s , matrimonial property law, credit, contracts, citizenship and immigration. C O M M E R C E 300 — D I R E C T E D E X P E R I E N C E (F) (1,2,1/3) V - C O M M E R C E 353 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in legal theory and procedures. Up to 4.5 hours of lab work are involved in this course. V - C O M M E R C E 354 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in Greek and Latin for specialized terminology. Up to 4.5 hours of lab work are involved in this course. WORK Fall term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours of related office experience in the field of student's choice. C O M M E R C E 301 — D I R E C T E D E X P E R I E N C E (S) (1,2,1/3) V 8 C O M M E R C E 355 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in machine touch shorthand, utilizing voice dictation, prepared transcripts and tapes in order to build up speed and accuracy to an ultimate of 255 w.p.m. with 95% accuracy. WORK Spring term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours of related office experience in the field of student's choice. C O M M E R C E 302 — D I R E C T E D E X P E R I E N C E (S,U) (1.5,2,.5) V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS V - C O M M E R C E 356 L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS Skills laboratory in keypunching, this course entails up to 4.5 hours of lab work. WORK V - C O M M E R C E 357 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in French for students wishing to obtain bilingual office positions. This course entails up to 4.5 hours work. Summer term laboratory course involving three lecture hours and at least sixty hours of related office experience within the field of student's interest. 73 V - C O M M E R C E 358 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) This course entails up to 4.5 hours of lab work and will investigate changes in technology and the resultant effects on society and upon the job markets. many years, to gain assistance and support in returning to work. A s a result of being out of touch with the labour market, women are unrealistic and lack confidence in establishing career goals. In addition, due to societal expectations and conditioning, women often fail to consider areas of employment for which they may be very suitable. V - C O M M E R C E 359 — V O C A T I O N A L SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y IN J O B E X P L O R A T I O N (F,S) (.5,2.5,.5) This course entails up to 4.5 hours of lab work in exploring career posibilities through creative job search techniques. * V C O M 050 — L E G A L S T E N O G R A P H E R (4 Months) V C O M 010 PROGRAM LEGAL Legal Stenographers are in great demand and graduates from the program will have no difficulty obtaining interesting and rewarding positions. Local newspapers advertise regularly for legal personnel and salaries start in the $600 range. STENOGRAPHER (10 Months) Legal firms and lawyers are numerous but good legal secretaries are not always readily available. The Legal Stenographer Program provides excellent career opportunities for the graduate. A p p l i c a n t s may apply with no previous stenographic skills. * V C O M 020 — * V C O M 060 (6-8 Months) MEDICAL STENOGRAPHER Currently there is a great shortage of trained office personnel and the medical field is no exception. With the possible restructuring of B.C.'s health care system and the institution of community clinics, there will bean even greater need for persons to have a background in medical terminology and related skills. C O M M E R C I A L UPGRADING (4 Months) This program consists of a variety of individual courses designed for persons who have had previous training or experience in general office work and occupational skills. Students may select two or more from the following: Machine Transcription, Advanced Typing, Advanced Shorthand, Communications, Office Technology & Procedures, Legal and Medical Transcription, and Bookkeeping. The level of courses taken will be predetermined by assessment of individual skills and needs. ADMISSION R E Q U I R E M E N T S : Education: Those applicants who do not possess the minimum educational requirements, but who have worked for several years, may have their experience assessed in lieu of stated educational pre-requisites. * V C O M 030 — C O U R T A N D C O N F E R E N C E REPORTING General: An aptitude and interest in the vocation. Some programs require skill in typing and/or shorthand. Applicants without these skills should consult the program Co-ordinator. (10 Months) The main objective of the program is to provide students the opportunity to achieve the ability to write machine shorthand at verbatim speed. A minimum speed of 200 words per minute is required before reporting can commence. Candidates hoping to become court reporters are expected to have well-rounded vocabularies with a good knowledge of Canadian Law at the end of the course. Note: Applicants to the programs may wish to explore with their local Canada Manpower Centre, the possibility of being sponsored under the terms applied to the training of adults by the Federal Department of Manpower and Immigration. Courses to be offered in the programs are described in the Commerce section of the Calendar. * V C O M 040 E M P L O Y M E N T ORIENTATION FOR W O M E N (3 Months) There exists a very great need for women, particularly those who have been at home for *This vocational program will be offered subject to final approval from the Department of Education, Victoria. 74 Communications niques, story-boarding, captioning, and adaptive writing. Several in-class presentations will be required. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 150 — BASIC C O M M U N I C A T I O N S (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly English 150) C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 160 — I N T E R P E R S O N A L RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly Education 158) A course dealing with human relations on the individual and small-group levels. Attention will be paid to improved expression and perception of emotion, group dynamics, and the principles and theories of human relations. A course in the development of writing and speaking skills, with material largely related to specific career goals. Practice in improving English basics, numerous writing assignments, and at least one spoken presentation. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 161 — H U M A N R E L A TIONS IN M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly Education 158) C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 151 — BUSINESS C O M MUNICATIONS (S) (3,0,1) A course in the basics of business writing: resumes, memorandums, business letters, and reports. Attention is paid to business-writing formats and to developing an effective style. Spoken presentations may be required. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 152 WRITING (S) (3,0,1) An exploration of concepts of behavioral science as applied to organizational and business situations. Students will actively participate in discussions, role playing, and other simulated activities dealing with such organizational factors as motivation, leadership, power and authority, status, roles and role conflict. Communication patterns in organizational settings will also be examined. The primary focus here will be on interpersonal c o m m u n i c a t i o n s as experienced by those supervisory and managerial positions or those aspiring to such positions. TECHNICAL A course in the basics of technical writing: research proposals, technical memorandums, reports, abstracts, and research methods. Some attention is given to presentation of technical material to non-technical readers. Spoken presentations may be required. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 153 — C O M M U N I C A TIONS A N D T H E ARTS (S) (3,0,1) C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 170 — PUBLIC S P E A K ING (F,S) (3,0,1) (Formerly English 164) A course in the use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Some attention will be paid to graphics and language as used in advertising and propaganda. Spoken presentations using audio-visual aids will be required. A course in researching, organizing, and presenting different kinds of speeches. Attention will be paid to voice training, non-verbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 154 — TIONS IN R E C R E A T I O N (S) COMMUNICA(3,0,1) A course in writing and speech as they relate to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, articles and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. Economics Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and involving the production, distribution, and consumption of w e a l t h . Economics 100 and 101 are introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of questions economists deal with. They also serve as an introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the 200 - level courses. Students who plan to major in Economics or Commerce should complete Economics 200 and 201, before proceeding to third year courses at U . B . C , S . F . U . , or elsewhere. Students who plan to major in Economics at S . F . U . are also advised to complete Economics 120 and 121. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 155 — C O M M U N I C A TIONS IN E A R L Y C H I L D H O O D E D U C A T I O N (S) (3,0,1) A course in effective verbal and non-verbal communication, and in the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. C O M M U N I C A T I O N S 156 MEDIA RESOURCES C O M M U N I C A T I O N S (F) (3,0,1) A course in specific writing and speaking skills related to the Media Resources student. Emphasis will be placed on interviewing tech75 E C O N O M I C S 100 — INTRODUCTION TO E C O N O M I C S (F) (3,0,1) E C O N O M I C S 201 — PRINCIPLES OF MICROE C O N O M I C T H E O R Y (S) (3,0,1) A course that involves the identification and study of current economic issues. Reference is made to the nature and historical development of capitalism and how it has been changing and to the contrasts of capitalism and socialism. Government fiscal and monetary policies and simple economic concepts such as supply and demand are dealt with. A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium position and the d e t e r m i n a n t s of income distribution. E C O N O M I C S 210 — C O M P A R A T I V E NOMICS S Y S T E M S (F) (3,0,1) E C O N O M I C S 101 — C A N A D I A N E C O N O M I C S M A C R O A N D MICRO CONSIDERATIONS (S) (3,0,1) ECO- Pre-requisite: Economics 200 and Economics 201, Economics 200 may be taken as a co-requisite, OR written permission of the instructor. For the Fall 1975 term only these prerequisites will not be rigourously aplied. This course is an analysis of the mechanisms used to allocate resources and distribute income in different economic s y s t e m s . Direct comparisons between the functioning of the market system and various types of economic planning will be made. Examples will be drawn from the North American economies, the U.S.S.R., China, Sweden, France and Yugoslavia. An examination of the contemporary structure of the Canadian economy with some historical reference. The importance of international trade and tariffs; the effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of b u s i n e s s , government and unions and federal-provincial relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is on the hard economic choices the people of Canada now face. E C O N O M I C S 1 2 0 - E C O N O M I C HISTORY OF T H E P R E - I N D U S T R I A L E R A (F) (3,0,1) E C O N O M I C S 221 - P R O B L E M S IN C O N T E M P O R A R Y E C O N O M I C D E V E L O P M E N T (S) (3,0,1) A broad sweep of economic history from man's earliest beginnings to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of pre-historic man, the River civilizations, Greece, Rome and Europe in the Middle Ages are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from European Feudalism to early forms of capitalism. Pre-requisite: Economics 200 or written permission of the instructor. A n analytical survey of the major problems facing today's underdeveloped countries. Discussion will focus on the population explosion, the importance of agriculture and landholding patterns, the debate over the choice of techniques for development, and the role of trade and aid in encouraging economic growth. E C O N O M I C S 121 - E C O N O M I C HISTORY OF T H E INDUSTRIAL E R A (S) (3,0,1) A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth to the present in context of several countries including Canada. Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial nations and those nations that are now attempting to industrialize. Education E D U C A T I O N 151 — L I T E R A T U R E F O R Y O U N G C H I L D R E N (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 152 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A course designed to familiarize students with books, poetry and stories for children. Emphasis will be placed on the development and stimulation of language and thought in young children. A brief history of children's literature will be a n a l y z e d i n c l u d i n g its reflection of the cultural attitudes of the day. Students will present many assignments in small groups and make use of audio visual aids. E C O N O M I C S 200 — PRINCIPLES OF M A C R O E C O N O M I C T H E O R Y (F,S) (3,0,1) The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory. Included is the study of the possible causes of and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of international trade. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. 76 E D U C A T I O N 156 — H U M A N G R O W T H A N D D E V E L O P M E N T II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 155 A continuation of Education 155 following the pre-schooler through the middle years of childhood, adolescence and launching into adulthood. E D U C A T I O N 157 THE CHILD F A M I L Y LIFE (F) (3,0,1) E D U C A T I O N 152 — P R O G R A M M E N T I (F) (3,0,1) Sociological perspective on the family in our culture and others. Examination of differences and similarities in family life related to ethnic, racial, socioeconomic groupings, cultural values and ideology. Exploration of contemporary life-styles, conventional and counter-cultural. Focus on the nuclear family, communal groups, single parents, the elderly. Implications for the pre-school teacher. DEVELOP- An introduction to the planning and development of programs for pre-school centres (with major focus on Day Care). Attention will be given to activities that encourage exploration, e x p e r i m e n t a t i o n , s e l f - e x p r e s s i o n and selfesteem. Basic p r i n c i p l e s and methods of guidance will be studied. EDUCATION 153 — P R O G R A M M E N T II (S) (3,0,1) AND E D U C A T I O N 164 — H E A L T H A N D NUTRITION II (S) (3,0,1) The second of a two part study of the pre-school child with particular emphasis on the nutritional needs of early childhood and how they can be met in the pre-school setting. Twelve lectures of this series are concerned with first aid practices and procedures applicable in the pre-school setting. DEVELOP- Pre-requisite: Education 152 and Education 155 Further study of program planning and development with particular reference to day care and to meeting the needs of the individual child in a group setting. Consideration will be given to the child under three, the three to five year old child and to school age children. EDUCATION 1 6 5 - F I E L D SURVEY (3,0,1) (S) A course whose major goal will be to f a m i l i a r i z e students with lower m a i n l a n d facilities for the developmentally handicapped. The survey will include detailed observations and seminar reports dealing with programs and services designed for those with special needs from infancy to adulthood. E D U C A T I O N 154 — H E A L T H A N D NUTRITION I (F) (3,0,1) The first of a two part study of the young child with a particular emphasis on physiology and the common diseases and disorders of childhood. Available community resources in the physical and mental health care of children is an additional focus. E D U C A T I O N 250 — P R O G R A M M E N T III (F) (3,0,1) DEVELOP- Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A detailed look at children's early concept development in science, social studies and mathematics. Students will work on individual or group presentations of materials, activities and experiences for the young child. Emphasis will be placed on the integration of these with other curriculum areas to achieve a balanced, flowing, creative program. E D U C A T I O N 155 — H U M A N G R O W T H A N D D E V E L O P M E N T I (F) (3,0,1) The first half of a two-part sequence. A study of human growth and development with emphasis on the pre-shcool years; an introductory study of theories, principles of development, child study techniques and an overview of the pre-school years. 77 EDUCATION 252 — C R E A T I V E ARTS FOR T H E Y O U N G C H I L D (F) (3,0,1) representatives. Specific communication skills will be developed through the group process, role play, sociodrama and interviewing techniques. Community resources and referral procedures will also be studied. Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. Participation-oriented workshop in the creative arts to examine the experiential approach to art, drama, music and dance with young children. Emphasis is placed on each of those areas as being crucial learning situations for both the child and the student. E D U C A T I O N 270 M E N T (F) (3,0,1) VOLUNTEER PLACE- A course designed to provide practical experience of a volunteer nature in special needs facility. Supervision will be provided through weekly seminars and reports. E D U C A T I O N 254 FOUNDATIONS OF EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. An overview of historical sources and modern impacts which are reflected in present pre-school procedures. E D U C A T I O N 271 - INDIVIDUAL P R O J E C T (S) (3,0,1) In consultation with the instructor the student will undertake an in-depth study of a program or an area of individual development related to the special needs person. EDUCATION (6,0,2) E D U C A T I O N 262 — S P E C I A L E D U C A T I O N (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or written permission of the Program Coordinator. A course whose major goals will be the introduction to and general study of special needs of children in order that the student may increase her/his abilities to identify and work with exceptional pre-school children in regular or special programs. Special emphasis will be placed on community facilities serving exceptional children and application will be made to the gifted, developmentally delayed, neurologically handicapped, emotionally disturbed and multi-handicapped child. 364 — PRACTICUM I (F) Pre-requisite: Taken concurrently with Education 152 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. The first of a four part practicum sequence. During the first half of the term the student observes in the College Day Care Centre, focusing on i n d i v i d u a l differences among children and developing skill in observing and recording the behaviour of young children. In the second half of the term the student participates in a community pre-school centre as a student assistant (for 75 hours). W e e k l y seminars are held throughout the term. E D U C A T I O N 365 — P R A C T I C U M (6,0,2) II (F,S) Pre-requisite: Education 364. Taken concurrently with Education 153 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. Supervised participation in one program for young children. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. E D U C A T I O N 264 — P R E - S C H O O L A D M I N ISTRATION (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. Administration and management of preschools with major focus on day care. Topics studied w i l l include licensing regulations; procedures for setting up a centre; financial operation; personnel policies; staff relationships and supervision; working with a board of directors. E D U C A T I O N 366 (6,0,2) — PRACTICUM III (F) Pre-requisite: Education 365. Taken concurrently with Education 250 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. The student participates as a student assistant in one centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. EDUCATION 268 — I N T E R P E R S O N A L R E L A TIONSHIPS IN T E A C H I N G (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A n examination of the role of the pre-school teacher in establishing meaningful relationships with parents, colleagues and community EDUCATION (6,0,2) 367 — PRACTICUM IV (S) Pre-requisite: Education 366. Taken concurrently with Education 262 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. 78 A study of the sine wave; average and effective values; impedance; admittance; power and power factor; characteristics of resistors, capacitors, and inductors in a.c. circuits; laws, rules and techniques applied to series, parallel, and series-parallel a.c. circuits: resonance, complex algebra and phasor diagrams applied to a.c. circuit analysis and an introduction to coupled circuits. This course has four hours of lecture and two hours of lab per week. The student visits a number of different centres for children with special needs and spends an extended block of time in one such centre. 75 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. Electricity ELECTRICITY 162 - E L E C T R I C A L FABRICATION A N D A S S E M B L Y I (F) (2,2,2/3) A course designed to cover welding of ferrous and non-ferrous metals, together with the appropriate materials knowledge; fabrication as applied to the manufacture of electrical and electronic assemblies; electrical wiring and installation methods with related electrical code training and appropriate electrical drafting techniques. This course has two hours of lecture and two hours of lab per week. ELECTRICITY 163 - E L E C T R I C A L F A B R I CATION A N D A S S E M B L Y II (S) (2,2,2/3) Pre-requisite: Electricity 162 A continuation of Electricity 162 in which the student will be required to make working drawings for an electronic device and completely assemble parts and components to specifications. This course has a total of two hours of lecture and two hours of lab per week. ELECTRICITY 164 T E C H N I Q U E S (F) CIRCUIT DEVICES A N D (2,2,2/3) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12, Physics 11, and Chemistry 11 or by written permission of the Instructor. An introduction to the characteristics and application of the small components most frequently used in the electrical and electronic industries; study of industry standards, coding systems, tolerances, and basic test procedures; fabrication circuit assembly techniques discussed and applied with particular emphasis on special soldering techniques; basic inspection and quality control procedures; work with solid state devices; basic transistor theory and parameters, including basic circuits covered in preparation for Electricity 158. This course has two hours of lecture and two hours of lab per week. ELECTRICITY 158 — E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS (F) (4,2,1%) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12, Physics 11 and Chemistry 11, or by written permission of the Instructor. A theoretical and practical introduction to circuit analysis as applied to d.c. circuits; fundamental principles and techniques involved in circuit analysis introduced at a level requiring a working knowledge of linear equations, determinants, trigonometry, logarithms, and exponential functions; study of basic parameters and units, such as current voltage, resistance, conductance and power; circuit laws, theorems; rules as applied to series, parallel, and series-parallel circuits; network analysis. This course has four hours of lecture and two hours of lab per week. ELECTRICITY 172 - E L E C T R I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T S (S) (2,2,2/3) Pre-requisite: Electricity 158 and Electricity 164 or by written permission of the Instructor. A study of electrical quantities, their units and symbols, including the instruments commonly used, their limitations, accuracy, and ELECTRICITY 159 - E L E C T R I C A L CIRCUITS (S) (4,2,1 V ) Pre-requisite: Electricity 158 and Mathematics 164. Mathematics 165 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. 3 79 application; measurement of voltage, current, power, energy, resistance, capacitance, inductance, and the limitations of certain instruments in obtaining accurate measurements; techniques in the measurement of phase angle, frequency, and d i s t o r t i o n . T h i s course is fundamental to all other electrical and electronic courses. It includes two hours of lecture and two hours of lab per week. English GENERAL INFORMATION Students intending to transfer to universities other than Simon Fraser should take two first-year English courses other than English 190 and 191. (Note: English 100 is now an elective rather than a requirement.) Those bound for Simon Fraser can obtain transfer credit for 104, 105, 106, and 108, if they desire: English majors normally take three of these four courses during their first year at S . F . U . Intending majors and honours students should complete English 200 and 201, and are encouraged to take another second-year English course. English 200 and 201 are sometimes required for certain A r t s and E d u c a t i o n programs; students should check university calendars and seek help from Advisers in determining requirements. ELECTRICITY 173 - E L E C T R O N I C CIRCUITS I (F) (3,2,1) This course deals with basic electronic circuits, mainly solid-state devices, with a mention of vacuum tube diodes and amplifiers. Topics covered will be diode and transistor circuits: P-N junction characteristics, transistor characteristic curves in C - B , C - E configuration, basic amplifier configuration, load line analysis, D.C. biasing and choice of Q-point stability, A . C . small signal equivalent circuits, hybrid parameters. Principles of operation of F E T , M O S , UJT, Tunnel Diode and Zener. Diode Circuits-clipping, clamping, rectification, power supplies and filters. There will be three lectures a week with two hours in the laboratory. This course and Electricity 158 form the pre-requisites for Electricity 174, Electronic Circuits, in the second term. ELECTRICITY 174 — E L E C T R O N I C CIRCUITS II (S) (3,2,1) This is a continuation of Electricity 173 and Electricity 164. Large signal amplifiers including power amplifiers. Heat sink calculations, circuits involving F E T , U J T , Zener, SCR, Triac. Cascade a m p l i f i e r connections, interstage coupling. Frequency response and feedback in a m p l i f i e r s . O s c i l l a t o r c i r c u i t s . Stability of feedback systems using amplifiers. Nyquist c r i t e r i o n . S w i t c h i n g action of t r a n s i s t o r s . Integrated circuits, operational amplifiers, d.c. amplifiers. Thyristor circuits for industrial controls. Three hours lecture plus two hours lab per week. ELECTRICITY 190 BASIC E L E C T R I C A L T H E O R Y A N D APPLICATION (F) (2,1,1) Basic Electricity is a course intended for those who have never had any experience with even the simplest electrical concepts. Topics to be covered include charge, current, voltage, and simple circuit theory as applied to home appliances, automobiles and other everyday devices. At the end of this course the student should be able to perform simple electrical repairs and effectively use basic test equipment. 80 ENGLISH 010 — L A N G U A G E SKILLS (3,0,1) (F,S) merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and d e e p e n i n g the s t u d e n t ' s understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression, and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed criticism. Note: This course is not transferable to university. A n intensive Writing Workshop in the basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty though a regular college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Most work will be practical, and will, not demand much additional time of the student. There will be an individual weekly conference. Students may enter the drop-in sections Writing Workshop during the semester and need not stay in for 15 weeks when problems can be solved in less time. Drop-in sections do not carry college credit. ENGLISH 105 - ENGLISH 106 — D R A M A (F,S) ENGLISH 108 — T H E M E S P O R A R Y L I T E R A T U R E (F,S) IN C O N T E M (3,0,1) A study of twentieth-century works, each of intrinsic literary merit, arranged under a thematic heading of s i g n i f i c a n c e in the contemporary world. The theme heading for each section of the course will be announced at the time of registration. Works will be drawn f r o m v a r i o u s g e n r e s and will b e studied a s artistically formed expressions of feelings and ideas, both separately and in relation to one another. ENGLISH 091 — ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONA L L A N G U A G E (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is not transferable to University. Pre-requisite: English 090 or written permission of the instructor. This course is similar in all respects to English 090 except that the student should have a higher level of ability in the English language, and the stress of study will be on writing and discussion. ENGLISH 110 - INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS I (F) (3,0,1) This course offers an introduction to language with emphasis on the history and development of the English language. A discussion of various problems related to language will be introduced. The course also examines the intellectual and cultural significance of language and m e a n i n g , and presents various ways of recording language. (3,0,1) A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with emphasis on the essay f o r m . Throughout the t e r m , much attention is given to precise, appropriate and effective selection of words, with progressively increasing emphasis on effective organization and development of material. Problems in mechanics of writing dealt with individually in conferences, by revision of essays, and if necessary by group or individual drill. ENGLISH 104 — FICTION (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of selected twentieth-century plays especially since 1950. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and deepening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary e x p r e s s i o n , and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed criticism. Note: This course is not transferable to University. A course designed to provide the student whose first language is not English, with verbal and written skills in English at a post-secondary level. The course will proceed with the patterns set by the students' needs, generally beginning with review of basics. Included in the course of study are: reading and oral comprehension, sentence structure, general composition, vocabulary, spelling and verbal communication. WRITING (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of selected major and significant minor twentieth-century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and deepening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary e x p r e s s i o n , and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed criticism. ENGLISH 090 — ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONA L L A N G U A G E (F,S) (3,0,1) ENGLISH 100 - P O E T R Y (F,S) University transfer credit being applied for. ENGLISH III — INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: English 110. The objective of this course as an extension of Linguistics 110, is to survey the various approaches to language study, from normative (3,0,1) A study of selected twentieth-century short stories and novels, each of intrinsic literary 82 frame of reference as well as some in-depth study of individual works. grammar to generative grammar, and from historical linguistics to formal linguistics. The emphasis will be on contemporary studies in transformational grammar and in structural and formal linguistics. University transfer credit being applied for. ENGLISH 165 — J O U R N A L I S M : N E W S P A P E R PRODUCTION I (F) ENGLISH 201 SINCE 1660 (F,S) LITERATURE Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 200 recommended but not required. A course similar to English 200, but covering the later period indicated. COLLEGE (3,0,1) This course is a study of the basic principles of journalism, of the organization of small newspapers, and of the function of college newspapers. A wide variety of college newspapers will be studied and criticized; field trips will be taken to existing college newspaper operations. Instruction will be offered in research, reportage, layout, business procedures, advertising. This course is not transferable to University. ENGLISH 202 - C A N A D I A N L I T E R A T U R E (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. A course designed to familiarize the student with major, representative authors from the colonial beginnings of Canada to World War II. An investigation of various themes and styles which evolved through the early literature and which are reflected in contemporary Canadian literature. Examples of significant FrenchCanadian works studied in translation. ENGLISH 166 - J O U R N A L I S M : C O L L E G E N E W S P A P E R PRODUCTION II (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of English 165. This course will be devoted to the regular production of a weekly newspaper, including special monthly or bi-monthly supplements. This course is not transferable to University. ENGLISH 203 — C A N A D I A N L I T E R A T U R E (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 202 recommended but not required. The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive in its investigation of individual, major, modern authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since World War II. A study of the emergence in modern form of themes and attitudes of a sensibility uniquely Canadian. ENGLISH 1 9 0 - C R E A T I V E WRITING (F,S) (3,0,1) Note This course is only transferable to U . B . C . and the University of Victoria. A n intensive workshop course designed to help students develop their skill in selfexpression and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre, and to develop an awareness, through written practice, of at least one of the other genres. Students are also required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point at which it should become acceptable for publication in T H E C A P I L A N O R E V I E W and other literary magazines. ENGLISH 191 - C R E A T I V E WRITING (3,0,1) ENGLISH (3,0,1) ENGLISH 204 — M A J O R A M E R I C A N W R I TERS TO 1850 (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. A course designed to familiarize the student with the writings of selected major representative American writers, and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. (S) Note: This course is transferable to U.B.C. and the University of Victoria. A continuation of English 190. ENGLISH 200 - ENGLISH L I T E R A T U R E TO 1660 (F,S) (3,0,1) ENGLISH 205 — M A J O R A M E R I C A N WRIT E R S SINCE 1850 (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106, or 108. A study of texts in all major genres from selected major authors between mediaeval times and 1660. A n attempt to provide the student with a broad historical and critical Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 204 recommended but not required. A course similar to English 204, but covering the period from 1850 to 1930. 83 ENGLISH 212 — READINGS IN W O R L D LITE R A T U R E TO 1880 (F) (3,0,1) Fine Arts Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. A course to acquaint students with a variety of major and influential works of literature from the classical Greek era to the end of the 18th Century and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. GENERAL INFORMATION A l l Fine Arts Courses are transferable to the Fine Arts Department at the University of British Columbia and receive elective credit at Simon Fraser University. Academic students have the option to take the following University of British Columbia transfer course in the Careers Art Program: Art 100 Art 101 Art 260 Art 261 For details, see A R T section of this Calendar. Academic students may take up to two terms of certain studio art courses in the Career Art Program and apply these to transfer credit at the University of British Columbia. For details see Capilano College Course Equivalency Guide. ENGLISH 213 — R E A D I N G S IN W O R L D LITE R A T U R E SINCE 1880 (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: One of English 104, 105, 106 or 108. E n g l i s h 212 recommended but not required. A course similar to English 212, but covering the period from 1800 to 1960. FINE ARTS 100 — T H E HISTORY OF A R T I (F) (3,0,1) ENGLISH 290 C R E A T I V E WRITING POETRY (F) (3,0,1) University transfer credit being applied for. A n historical survey of art form from prehistoric times to the late Gothic period with consideration given to the painting, architecture and sculpture of each, as well as to the artists themselves, their social context; problems of style and period classification. This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of poetry. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetic forms while at the same time increasing his awareness of his own voice, this individual ground for writing, and the development of his own poetic. Students will be expected to do a certain amount of reading of contemporary work, both poems and statements poets have made about their own poetics or aesthetics. In their writing they will have the opportunity of trying a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. FINE ARTS 101 (S) (3,0,1) T H E HISTORY OF A R T II A consideration of painting, architecture and sculpture from the Renaissance to the present, emphasizing the a p p r o a c h p u r s u e d in Fine Arts 100. FINE ARTS 200 — N O R T H A M E R I C A N A R T A N D A R C H I T E C T U R E I (F) (3,0,1) This course is an in-depth survey of the Art and Architecture of America and Canada from 1600 to 1900. The background to the styles manifested during this period in these two countries will be examined, and the course will emphasize major trends and major figures rather than seek to cover an enormous range of material in a superficial manner. ENGLISH 291 C R E A T I V E WRITING FICTION (S) (3,0,1) University transfer credit being applied for. This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction while giving him practise in developing his own voice, his awareness of word choice and rhythm, his ability to use authentic dialogue, to shape character, to experiment with points-of-view. Students will, then, be expected to do a certain amount of reading of contemporary fiction and to discuss various techniques. In their writing they will have the opportunity of trying out these techniques in both short and extended forms of fiction. FINE ARTS 201 — N O R T H A M E R I C A N A R T A N D A R C H I T E C T U R E II (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Fine Arts 200. This course is a topical exploration of Canadian and American Art and Architecture in the 20th Century. Note: Specific transfer credits have been arranged with the Fine Arts Department at University of British Columbia. 84 It is strongly recommended that the student have taken Fine Arts 100 and Fine Arts 101 before enrolling in Fine Arts 200 and Fine Arts 201 at Capilano College. French S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S . F . U . and to pursue further courses in French are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S . F . U . for all Capilano College French courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in French. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. F R E N C H 102 - INTRODUCTORY F R E N C H (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 11 or some previous experience of French or written consent of Instructor. A course designed to give spoken fluency and reading facility as well as some writing of the language, based on the audio-lingual approach. U.B.C. Students with French Grade 11 who wish only to satisfy the U.B.C. Faculty of Arts language requirement need Capilano College French 102 and 103. Should they plan to major in French, they should take French 202 and 220 during their third year at U . B . C , by permission of the U.B.C. French Department. Students with French Grade 12 who intend to major at U.B.C. should complete French 110 and 111, as well as French 210 and 211. They may then proceed to U . B . C . French 220, which may be taken during their third year by permission from the Department. F R E N C H 103 — INTRODUCTORY F R E N C H (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 102 or some previous experience of French, or written consent of Instructor. T h i s course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 102. A continuation of French 102. F R E N C H 106 — T R A N S L A T I O N T E C H N I QUES - F R E N C H TO ENGLISH (S) (3,0,1) Note: All French courses include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversation practice with a native speaker. A course devoted to translation techniques from French to English and English to French. INTENSIVE F R E N C H 108 — (F,S) (6,1.5,2) Pre-requisite: French Grade 11 or written permission of Instructor. Same approach and content as French 102 and 103 but done in one semester on an intensive basis. Recommended for those who want to achieve a language requirement quickly or who want a rapid review of basic principles. Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Coordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. Students who have received training in French outside B.C. will be placed in the appropriate course after consultation with the Language Co-ordinator. F R E N C H 110 (F) (3,1.5,1) INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Pre-requisite: French 12 or French 102 and 103 or previous written/oral experience. Grammar revision; exercise, dictation, weekly assignments; some French and FrenchCanadian stories. 85 FRENCH 2 0 3 - A D V A N C E D FRENCH (S) (3, 1.5, 1) Pre-requisite: French 202. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 202. A continuation of the work of French 202, with further emphasis on oral expression. F R E N C H 111 — I N T E R M E D I A T E F R E N C H (S) (3, 1.5, 1) Pre-requisite: French 110. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 110. A continuation of the work of French 110; including composition, and an in-depth study of at least two major 20th Century novels. F R E N C H 210 — A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 110, 111 or considerable previous experience in written and oral work. A n advanced course with emphasis on written work, including formal translation, dictation, and weekly written assignments. Literary works chosen from 20th Century novels will be studied, requiring some background reading. F R E N C H 150 - F R E N C H C O M M U N I C A T I O N (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: basic knowledge of French (eg. French 102, French 160). Course work would include basic writing mechanics and their application in the composition of various types of business letters. F R E N C H 160 — D I A L O G U E C A N A D A (F,S) (3,1,1.5) Note: University transfer being applied for. Intended for beginners. Speak and understand French by the Audio-Visual method. This course will provide students with a good functional vocabulary in a Canadian context. F R E N C H 211 - A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 210. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 210. A continuation of th work of French 210; literary texts will be chosen from 20th Century F r e n c h - C a n a d i a n w o r k s ; some background reading required. F R E N C H 161 - D I A L O G U E C A N A D A (F,S) (3,1,1.5) Pre-requisites: French 160 or written permission of the Instructor. FRENCH 260—DIALOGUE CANADA (F,S) (3, 1.5, 1) Pre-requisites: French 102—103 OR French 160-161 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of the course "Dialogue C a n a d a " — French 160-161. T h i s is a CANADIAN course using the audio-visual method and material taken from everyday Canadian life. The method emphasizes the spoken language — only a limited amount of written work will be done. Note: University transfer being applied for. A continuation of the work of French 160. Instructor's permission required for those who have not the pre-requisite French 160. This course is intended for those students with more knowledge of French. F R E N C H 170 — Q U E B E C (F) (1,0,1) CULTURE (S) I F R E N C H 261 — D I A L O G U E C A N A D A (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: French 260 OR written permission of the instructor. A continuation of French 260. The aim of this course is to familiarize the student with the important aspects of Quebec culture, from its origins to the present day. The student should gain a feeling of the continuity of the culture, its rapid transformation since 1960, and its place within Confederation. F R E N C H 171 - Q U E B E C C U L T U R E II (S) (1,0,1) Pre-requisite: French 170 or written permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of French 170. General Studies " C A P A " ( G E N E R A L STUDIES 100 A N D 101) — " M E D I A AND SOCIETY" Cap A is one of the College's more exciting offerings. It consists of two terms' work, with nine (9) credit hours granted each term. This kind of program allows for a great deal of both collective and individual learning experiences, and for a great variety of approaches to teaching (lectures, seminars, tutorials, workshops, etc.). F R E N C H 202 — A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 102 and 103 or French 12. A n advanced course to continue oral fluency with grammar review; some dictation and oral composition; continues the work of French 103. 86 Each year, the students and three instructors explore a topic through a wide range of methods and approaches. This year's topic is the important question of the role of the Media in Modern Society. G E N E R A L STUDIES 100 — SOCIETY (F) (9,0,3) tween science fiction in the western countries (chiefly the U.S. and Britain) and that currently being written in the socialist countries (chiefly Poland and the USSR). Some use of film and tape as well as fiction. MEDIA AND G E N E R A L STUDIES 160 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y ISSUES - " T H E THIRD W O R L D IN A R T " (SU 76) (3,0,1) This course will consist of an extensive study of the communications media, their aesthetic dimensions and social uses. It will also provide instruction and practice in the production of materials in various print and non-print media. Instructors and students will study the popular media-newspapers, magazines, film, radio, TV — in terms of structure and social function. The course will examine media as a tool for social change, eg., N F B and Community Radio. There will be some study of the educational uses of m e d i a . Students w i l l produce p a m p h l e t s , articles, photographic essays and slide-tape presentations for both group and individual projects. Classes will take the form of lectures, seminars, workshops, tutorials and field trips. As General Studies 100 and 101 will be concerned with teaching and exploring both the theory and the practice of media, Cap A should appeal to a wide range of student interests. Lab fee: $10.00 G E N E R A L STUDIES 101 — SOCIETY (S) (9,0,3) This course will attempt to let the Third World speak for itself. The aim of the course will be to examine critically and sympathetically various works of art, literature, drama and music produced by artists of selected Third World countries. It is hoped that, through these, students may come to understand the problems of imperialism, colonialism, and racism as perceived by their victims. G E N E R A L STUDIES 170 - C O N T E M P O R A R Y ISSUES — "SCIENTISTS A N D O T H E R P E O P L E : T H E HISTORY A N D POLITICS OF T H E P H Y S I C A L S C I E N C E S " (F) (3,0,1) Science and scientific knowledge are not given, although we often treat them as such. Science, like all human knowledge, is a growing and historical t h i n g . Different times and different peoples have had different definitions of "scientific truth," have used different forms of "scientific method."However,at any given time or place, there is usually a common agreement as to the nature of science — there is an accepted " p a r a d i g m . " This course will explore three great physical paradigms, those surounding the work of Aristotle, Newton, and Einstein. The course will also attempt to open up the question of how to look at science in a long-range, unified way. While it is hoped that some science majors will be able to take (and be challenged by) this course, it is designed to be understandable to the student who has had little or no formal training in the natural sciences. MEDIA AND Pre-requisite: General Studies 100, or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of General Studies 100. Lab fee: $20.00. G E N E R A L STUDIES " C O N T E M P O R A R Y ISSUES" As the name suggests, the course offered under this heading ranges over a wide variety of topics. The courses are all three (3) credit hours granted each term. The subjects are usually taught by two instructors from different disciplines. The student should consult the General Studies Secretary concerning questions of course content, transferability, etc. * Lab fees to defray cost of supplies. G E N E R A L STUDIES 180 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y ISSUES - " M A D N E S S A N D L I T E R A T U R E " (S) (3,0,1) G E N E R A L STUDIES 160 - C O N T E M P O R A R Y ISSUES - "Science Fiction" (F) (3,0,1) A survey of some of the major themes of science fiction, with considerable attention to the genre as a vehicle for satire, myth, and allegory. The development of science fiction is traced from the 19th century to the present, including its response to scientific and social changes and its adaptation of new literary techniques. Comparisons will be drawn be- This course will explore themes of mental abnormality in literature using a variety of works from the Romantic through the modern period. Authors such as Dostoevski, Kaffka, Poe and Burroughs will be examined. In addition to an analysis of novels, plays and short stories, some consideration will be given to the r e l a t i o n s h i p between insanity and creativity. 87 a variety of methods and media to view the social origins of Canadian folk music from the traditional ballad to jazz and rock. G E N E R A L STUDIES 270 G E N E R A L STUDIES 180 - C O N T E M P O R A R Y ISSUES " W O M E N IN T H E T H I R D W O R L D " (SU75) (3,0,1) This course will deal with the concerns of women in selected Third World countries — in the family, in the work force, in politics, and in socialization and the creation of value systems in tribe, church and party. It will explore these themes through the study of various works of literature and social science. The course will also make use of movies, field trips, and other activities designed to convey a sense of women's lives in the Third World. G E N E R A L STUDIES " C A N A D I A N S T U D I E S " In the past the General Studies Program has served as a kind of proving ground for some exciting and innovative courses in the area of Canadian Studies. Now, many Departments in the C o l l e g e are sponsoring a variety of d i s c i p l i n a r y and i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y C a n a d i a n Studies courses of their own. For this reason General Studies itself is only offering one very exciting such course this year. For the student interested in taking a variety of such courses, we have included the following list of Canadian Studies/Canadian content courses offered for credit at Capilano College in the 1975/76 year. For further information, the student should contact the Secretary of General Studies or the appropriate Department. Anthropology 200, English 100 (selected sections), E n g l i s h 104 (selected sections), English 106, English 108, French 160, French 161, French 260, French 261, Geography 106, Geography 112 (selected sections), Geography 214 (selected sections), History 102, History 103, History 201, History 203, History 204, Political Science 200, Sociology 200. G E N E R A L S T U D I E S 260 — C A N A D I A N STUDIES - " B A L L A D S A N D B A N D I T S " (S) (3,0,1) An examination of Canadian anti-heroines and heroes through music. The course will use General Studies itself will not be offering a course in this category in 1975/76. However, it will be providing Canadian Studies personnel and material for and co-sponsoring a Community Service course on "Consumer Activism In The Lower M a i n l a n d . " This course, designed to provide basic information-gathering and processing techniques to consumer activists, will focus on the North Shore. For further information, the student should consult the Secretary of General Studies. Geography Geography courses are planned for students who wish to major in this field as well as for those who wish electives. More than one geography course may be taken simultaneously. Students intending to transfer to U . B . C . may combine Geography 110 and 201 to receive credit for U.B.C. Geography 200/201. Students planning to transfer to S . F . U . may take the geography courses in any sequence with exception of the new Geography 216 and 221 courses which require pre-requisites. Geography 112 and 114 are equivalent to Geography 101 at U . B . C . and fulfill the lab science requirements at both U . B . C , S . F . U , and U.Vic. N O T E : All geography courses have University transferability. G E O G R A P H Y 106 - BRITISH C O L U M B I A : A R E G I O N A L A N A L Y S I S (F,S) (3,1,1) A regional analysis of the geography of B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a and the Y u k o n which examines the criteria for defining regions; the historical development of settlement in the Western Cordillera; resource extraction and other forms of current activity; environmental perception and man — land relationships in the British Columbia landscape. G E O G R A P H Y 110 — T H E G E O G R A P H Y (F) (3,1,1) SCOPE OF A course concentrating on the development and present-day use of geographic methods of inquiry and techniques of analysis in the study of mankind in his p h y s i c a l and human environments. A combined discussion grouplaboratory course, in which students are encouraged to apply learned concepts in field research. G E O G R A P H Y III (F) (3,1,1) HUMAN GEOGRAPHY taken from many parts of the world, though special attention focused on the Lower Mainland of B.C. as a course "laboratory". A n examination of human cultural characteristics and activities in different environmental situations. The distribution and characteristics of human populations are examined in both a global and contemporary North A m e r i c a n context; and will stress concepts of perception, c u l t u r e , and diffusion in these man-land relationships. G E O G R A P H Y 216 — OUR A T M O S P H E R I C E N V I R O N M E N T (F,S) (3,1,2) An expansion of the concepts outlined in Geography 114. Large and small scale atmospheric phenomena are described, and the processes leading to their forms and distributions are discussed. Films, lectures, labs and discussion groups will be used to explain some basic physical laws and how they can be applied to the processes we observe. The subjects of atmospheric energy, moisture and motion will be covered, with an aim to provide the student with a deeper understanding of the atmosphere and its interactions with the Earth environment. G E O G R A P H Y 112 — INTRODUCTION TO E A R T H E N V I R O N M E N T S (F,S) (3,1,2) An introduction to Physical Geography using films, lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in geomorphology and biogeography. Some of the environments to be considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial. Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between man and his physical environment. Pre-requisite: Geography 114 or Instructor's permission. G E O G R A P H Y 114 — W E A T H E R A N D CLIM A T E (F,S) (3,1,2) A course introducing students to the study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of climatology and meteorology will be explained (using films, lectures, labs and discussion groups), to permit a basic understanding of the weather we experience daily. Emphasis will be placed on C a n a d i a n e x a m p l e s , and the interactions between climate and other elements of our environment, including man. G E O G R A P H Y 220 - C A N A D A : ITS REGIONS, P E O P L E S A N D P R O B L E M S (F,S) (3,1,1) This course deals with Canada as a political region, and discusses regional issues based on C a n a d a ' s h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l , and economic development. The course is designed to present information on past and contemporary Canadian issues, and draws on films, slides, and guest lecturers to complement selected readings. Transfer Credit for this course is available to all local Universities, as well as the Canadian Studies programme at Simon Fraser University. While there are no prerequisites for this course, some knowledge of basic geographic principles will be of value. G E O G R A P H Y 200 — T E C H N O L O G Y A N D E C O N O M I C E N V I R O N M E N T S (S) (3,1,1) A n examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues such as development versus underdevelopment, poverty, and the location of industrial activities. G E O G R A P H Y 221 — AIR P H O T O I N T E R P R E TATION (F,S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: Geography 112 and 114 or Outdoor Recreation 150 and 151 or written permission of the Instructor. G E O G R A P H Y 201 — U R B A N S T U D I E S (S) (3,1,1) A course based on the themes and problems encountered in the field of urban geography, recognizing the increasing interdisciplinary nature of urban area analysis and examining urbanization as an historic and rapidly continuing process; the growth of functional regionals and patterns of urban settlement; the dynamics of urban structure and land use; critical problems that face mankind today due to past developments in the spatial, economic and social organization of cities. Examples to be This course deals with the use of aerial photography to interpret natural and man-made phenomena. Major topics: Physical landscapes, Urban development, and Regional land use. Lecture and labs will include vertical and oblique air photos; black/white and color photography; ultraviolet, infrared, multi-spectral sensing. Theories of light, color, and photogrammetry will be considered as well as the legal and social implications of satellite and remote sensing techniques. Note: University transfer credit applied for. 89 G E O L O G Y 110 — P H Y S I C A L (F) (3,2,1) GEOLOGY Topics to be studied include: structure and identification of common minerals; economic mineral deposits; origin and classification of rocks; weathering and erosion; development of l a n d f o r m s ; composition and structure of continents and ocean basins; volcanoes and earthquakes; palaeo-magnetism, continental drift, sea-floor spreading and tectonics of lithospheric plates, internal constitution of the earth; origin of the earth. As these topics entail the study of chemical and physical processes acting upon earth materials, students who have little science background should consult the instructor to determine how they can best learn the needed principles. G E O L O G Y III HISTORICAL G E O L O G Y (S) (3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Geology 110 or equivalent. The geological evolution of continents and ocean basins constitutes the main theme of this course. Topics to be studied include: relative and absolute age of minerals and rocks; fossils and stratigraphic palaeontology; geologic timescale; ancient environments and o r g a n i c evolution; geological history of the North American continent and the Atlantic and Pacific ocean-basins; geological history of our immediate environment. G E O G R P A H Y 249 — C O M P A R A T I V E C U L T U R E S : A FIELD STUDY IN G E O G R A P H Y (SU) (3 or 6) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : W r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the Instructor. A n interdisciplinary field study course to consider in depth a particular geographic area and its people. C o m p a r a t i v e institutions, cultural ecology, the landscape, methods of fieldwork. Students and instructors study in the field; each year will alternate between British Columbia/Canada and a foreigh country. (1975 — Europe; 1976 — British Columbia and the Yukon). German S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S . F . U . and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S . F . U . for all Capilano College German courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in German. Courses which to not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. Note: University transfer credit applied for. Geology Geology courses include weekly two-hour laboratory periods or equivalent field projects. These courses are designed for students who wish to gain a general knowledge of the earth's structure, composition, and history, as well as for those who intend to proceed to further studies in earth sciences at a university. Students planning to transfer to U.B.C. may combine Geology 110 and 111 to gain credit for U . B . C . Geology 105. U.B.C. In the case of U . B . C . present equivalent standards provide transfer on the following basis: Capilano College German 100 and 101 (3 credits each) German 200 and 201 (3 credits each) 90 U.B.C. 100 (3) 200 (3) The student w i s h i n g to major f u l f i l l s departmental requirements with German 223, which may be taken in the third year by permission of the Department. INTENSIVE G E R M A N 108 - (F) (6,1.5,2) Pre-requisite: German 9, 10 or 11 Same approach and content as German 100 and 101, but done in one term on an intensive basis. P e r m i s s i o n of instructor r e q u i r e d . Recommended for those who have taken German 9 and/or 10 or German 11 or for those who need review work before taking German 200. Note: All courses in German include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. G E R M A N 200 — S E C O N D Y E A R G E R M A N (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: German 101, German 12 or German 11 with written permission of the Instructor. A course which includes c o n v e r s a t i o n , grammar, composition and the study of modern literary selections. Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Co-ordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. G E R M A N 201 (3, 1.5, 1) SECOND YEAR G E R M A N Pre-requisite: German 200. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following German 200. A continuation of the work in German 200. Health H E A L T H 160 — INTRODUCTION TO H E A L T H C A R E (F) (3,0,1) A course designed for students interested in the health professions and expecially for those preparing for careers in health care. Emphasis is placed on the changing mode of health care, where it is available, how it is financed and its relation to the various branches of medicine. Included is the history and development of medicine, dentistry and numerous emerging health professions. G E R M A N 100 — FIRST Y E A R G E R M A N (F,S) (3,1.5,1) A comprehensive introduction to the German language using a multiple approach: emphasis on understanding and speaking with reinforcement through reading and writing. H E A L T H 161 — INTRODUCTION TO H E A L T H C A R E (S) (3,0,1) Continuation of Health 160. FIRST Y E A R G E R M A N (S) H E A L T H 162 — M E D I C A L T E R M I N O L O G Y * A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: German 100,107, German 10, 11. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following German 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking German 200 at a later date and need review work. An introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots and combining forms common to medical terminology. Study of the structure, function and basis of the organic system of the body. Diseases, conditions, operations will be studies in conjunction with the systems. * Formerly Commerce 252. G E R M A N 101 (3,1.5,1) 91 H E A L T H 163 - M E D I C A L T E R M I N O L O G Y * A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) HISTORY 102 — IDEAS IN C A N A D I A N A N D A M E R I C A N HISTORY (F) (3,0,1) Continuation of the work begun in Health 162. A comparative study of basic social and cultural issues and values in modern North American History. * Formerly Commerce 253. HISTORY 103 — Q U E B E C IN C A N A D A (F) (3,0,1) H E A L T H 260 - M E D I C A L RECORDS T E C H NOLOGY (F) (3,0,1) A study of the conflict between Englishspeaking and French-speaking Canadians and of the conflict between "federalist" French Canadians and "Separatist". Introduction to medical records and their role in the provision of health care. Functions, responsibilities and ethics of medical record personnel. Medical record content, its determinants and application to patient care, reimbursement for care, and for medical research. Procedures for maintenance, completion and preservation of medical records in health care institutions, including microfilming and computer storage. HISTORY 200 — M A N A N D HIS CITY TO 1850 (F) (3,0,1) A n analysis of urban life, including the mediaeval, the mercantile English and American, and the early industrial English city. HISTORY 201 — M A N A N D HIS CITY F R O M 1850 (S) (3,0,1) A study of Canadian and English urban life from 1850 to the present which examines selected periods and themes. H E A L T H 261 — M E D I C A L RECORDS T E C H NOLOGY (S) (3,0,1) Principles of hospital statistics, abstracting data from medical records and preparation of administrative and medical statistics. Preparation of reports, including basic tables and graphs. Principles of nomenclature and classification, coding diseases and operations for research purposes according to the various recognized systems, including Standard Nomenclature of Disease and Operations. HISTORY 203 — L O C A L HISTORY S E M I N A R (F) (3,0,1) A course in historical methodology which studies research techniques in theory and practice, and which involves work with North Shore historical materials in order to prepare a major research paper. HISTORY 204 — L O C A L HISTORY S E M I N A R (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: History 203 Composition and criticism of research papers dealing with local history. History Students intending to major in history are advised to consult with a history faculty member of the university of their choice. In general, students planning to major in history should have at least two history courses at the College and a broad sampling of courses in the social sciences and h u m a n i t i e s . Students planning to major in History at Simon Fraser University should take six history courses in their first two years. Students planning to take honours should have a reading knowledge of a foreign language. Humanities H U M A N I T I E S 100 - A R T A N D L I T E R A T U R E IN T H E T W E N T I E T H C E N T U R Y (F) (2, 3.1, 5) A n i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y H u m a n i t i e s course, meeting in a rotation of lecture, seminar and workshop groups and examining twentieth century works of literature and art. Selected works will be studied in depth and the important movements in twentieth century art and literature will be surveyed. HISTORY 101 — R E V O L U T I O N A R Y IDEAS IN HISTORY: E U R O P E (S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to historiography, as well as a study of important political movements of the 19th and 20th centuries, and their place in Europe's changing economic and cultural life. H U M A N I T I E S 101 — A R T A N D L I T E R A T U R E IN T H E T W E N T I E T H C E N T U R Y (S) (2, 3.1, 5) A continuation of Humanities 100. Note: University transfer credit approved. To obtain equivalent credit for Fine Arts 171 and 92 exemption from English 100 at the University of British Columbia, the student must do both terms. These courses fulfill first year English requirements and carry equivalency for 6 credit hours in Fine Arts at Capilano College. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Co-ordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfers and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrollment. Independent Study J A P A N E S E 100 — FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E (F) (5,1.5,2) A special, independent project for Career Program students whose primary purpose is an " i n - d e p t h " study of a business, technical, art, or education topic related to a particular career program. The student assumes responsibility for planning his project and is required to submit a statement of the problem, the research procedure or method to be employed, and an indication of the date, items, or facts to be collected to the Program Co-ordinator, prior to the calendar date for course and section changes. All project submissions are to be approved and directed by an Instructor, in consultation with the Program Co-ordinator. I N D E P E N D E N T STUDY 198 — I N D E P E N DENT P R O J E C T (F) (3) A n intensive beginning course in basic Japanese, including both the spoken language and the Japanese script for students whose interests are academic as well as practical. J A P A N E S E 101 - FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E (S) (5,1.5,2) Pre-requisite: Japanese 100 A continuation of Japanese 100. J A P A N E S E 150 - FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E (F) (3,0,1) Note: T h i s course is not transferable to university. A n audio-lingual approach which teaches students to comprehend basic Japanese. Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the second term of the first year of a Career Program. I N D E P E N D E N T STUDY 199 DENT P R O J E C T (S) (3) J A P A N E S E 151 - FIRST Y E A R J A P A N E S E (S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is not transferable to university. Pre-requisite: Japanese 150 A continuation of Japanese 150. INDEPEN- Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the second term of the first year of a Career Program. I N D E P E N D E N T STUDY 298 — DENT P R O J E C T (F) (3) Mathematics INDEPEN- M a t h e m a t i c s courses are offered which correspond to the first and second year courses at the universities. The calculus courses are designed for students proceeding in the sciences, engineering, architecture and economics. Mathematics 100, 101 and 102 are recommended for social science students or for students who wish to satisfy a one-year science requirement. Students transferring to S . F . U . may wish to take Mathematics 101, since it is recommended by several of the science and non-science departments (e.g., Psychology, Biology, Kinesiology). Students requiring 3 units of Mathematics credit at U.B.C. at the first year level should take either Mathematics 100, 101 and 102 or Mathematics 112,113,114 in their first year. (A student taking Mathematics 114 is normally allowed to carry 18 hours of credit.) Students requiring credit for Mathematics 151-3 and 152-3 (S.F.U. numbers) at S . F . U . should take Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the first term of the second year of a Career Program. I N D E P E N D E N T STUDY 299 — DENT P R O J E C T (S) (3) INDEPEN- Pre-requisite: Written consent of the Program Co-ordinator. Normally undertaken in the second term of the second year of a Career Program. Japanese Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian OR Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. 93 problems. Sudents will not receive credit for both Mathematics 112 and 130. Mathematics 112 and Mathematics 113. Mathematics 114 is not required at S . F . U . Students planning to specialize in Mathematics, Computing Science of Honours Physics should consult an Instructor in Mathematics for advice on taking Mathematics 115 during their first semester. M A T H E M A T I C S 113 — C A L C U L U S II (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 112 or Mathematics 130 A study of the anti-derivative; the integral; techniques of integration and applications of the integral. Students will not receive credit for both Mathematics 113 and 131. M A T H E M A T I C S 030 — P R E - C A L C U L U S R E V I E W (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: T h i s course is not transferable to university. Pre-requisite: Some experience with mathematics at the grade 12 level, such as Mathematics 91 or a term's work in Mathematics 12, or the written approval of the Co-ordinator. A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs and trigonometry. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who wish to take an introductory course in physics but are weak in mathematics. M A T H E M A T I C S 114 - INTRODUCTION TO V E C T O R S A N D M A T R I C E S (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12, Mathematics 030 or Mathematics 100 with at least a " B " standing. A n examination of systems of linear equations; vectors; matrices, determinants and linear programming. Students will not receive credit for both Mathematics 114 and 140. M A T H E M A T I C S 100 — INTRODUCTION TO C O L L E G E M A T H E M A T I C S (F,S) (3,0,1) M A T H E M A T I C S 115 — INTRODUCTION TO A N A L Y S I S I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11 A study of set theory; symbolic logic, vectors and matrices, linear programming; probability. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 112 or written permission of the Instructor or Mathematics 130. A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics, Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences and series; introduction to continuity. Students will not receive credit for both Mathematics 115 and 132. M A T H E M A T I C S 101 — INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS (F,S) (3,0,1) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : M a t h e m a t i c s 11 or written consent of Instructor. A n introduction to the language of statistics and some statistical methods, including random v a r i a b l e s and their d i s t r i b u t i o n s ; random sampling; normal distribution theory; estimation of p a r a m e t e r s and testing hypotheses. M A T H E M A T I C S 102 M E T H O D S (S) (3,0,1) — M A T H E M A T I C S 150 — BUSINESS M A T H E MATICS A N D STATISTICS (F) (6,0,2) A review of basic mathematics and a study of fundamentals of analytic geometry; functions and managerial planning; elements of calculus with business applications; discounts, markups, margin, selling price, mark-downs, simple interest, compound interest, discounting negotiable instruments, instalment p u r c h a s e s , depreciation, insurance. STATISTICAL Pre-requisite: Mathematics 101 A study of important statistical methods commonly used in the analysis of research data, including: t-tests and their non-parametric competitors, one and two way analysis of variance, c h i - s q u a r e tests and regression analysis. M A T H E M A T I C S 112 (3,0,1) M A T H E M A T I C S 151 - A P P L I E D BUSINESS STATISTICS (S) (6,0,2) C A L C U L U S I (F,S) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 150 (or 153 if this course is being taken for university transfer), or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. A n examination of frequency distributions; averages; index numbers; probability; linear correlation; reliability and sampling. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12 or Mathematics 030 A course for students who plan to proceed in mathematics, the physical sciences, the life sciences, or some discipline which requires optimization techniques. A brief review of required analytic geometry; the derivative, techniques of differentiation, applications of the derivative to M A X - M I N and related rate M A T H E M A T I C S 153 PROBABILITY T H E O R Y — I N T E R M E D I A T E (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Math 151 or equivalent. 94 A continuation of statistical analysis introduced in M a t h 151. Intermediate level statistical analysis with an emphasis on applied problems encountered in a business environment. An introduction to groups, rings, fields, complex numbers, polynomials, the fundamental theorem of algebra. M A T H E M A T I C S 220 — INTRODUCTION TO C O M P U T E R P R O G R A M M I N G (F) (3,0,1) M A T H E M A T I C S 166 APPLIED M A T H EMATICS: ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY I (F) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Any two first year Mathematics courses or written permission of the instructor. A n introduction to PLI or F O R T R A N programming for simple scientific calculations, as well as various data processing problems in statistics and accounting to provide a general understanding of computers and specific experience in writing and executing some simple programs. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12, Physics 11, and Chemistry 11. A study of the theory and application in the electrical and electronic fields of trigonometry with emphasis on wave-forms, vectors, and use of identities, complex numbers and their use in A . C . circuit c a l c u l a t i o n s ; logarithmic and exponential functions, with application to transient and power problems; linear equations; matrices and determinants, with application to mesh circuit a n a l y s i s . A n introduction to calculus will also be given. The course will have six hours lecture per week. M A T H E M A T I C S 221 C O M P U T E R S C I E N C E (S) P r e - r e q u i s i t e : M a t h e m a t i c s 220 or written permission of the instructor. A study of computer organizations, machine, assembler and programming languages; algorithms; applications to numerical and nonnumerical problems. M A T H E M A T I C S 167 — A P P L I E D M A T H E M A T I C S : E L E C T R I C A L T E C H N O L O G Y II (S) (6,0,2) M A T H E M A T I C S 2 3 0 - C A L C U L U S III (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 166 A course in calculus with applications in the electrical and electronic fields of the differentiation and integration of algebraic, trigonometric, exponential, and hyperbolic functions; power series; partial differentiation; differential equations of the first and second order. This course will include a short study of computing techniques, involving basic ideas in flow-charting and programming with the use of the computer. The course will have six hours lectures per week. M A T H E M A T I C S 231 — C A L C U L U S IV (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 230 The techniques and applications of multiple integration, infinite series, and ordinary differential equations. LINEAR A L G E B R A Pre-requisite: Mathematics 114 or Mathematics 140 or written permission of the instructor. A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms, and inner product space. M A T H E M A T I C S 201 BRA (S) (3,0,1) (F) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 112 and 113 or Mathematics 130 and 131 with at least a " C " standing in each. Mathematics 200 should be taken concurrently if not already completed. A course for students proceeding with mathematics, physics or chemistry, and including a study of differentiation; extrema of functions of two variables; parametric representation, vector valued functions and the line integral. STUDENTS PLANNING TO T A K E 200 L E V E L MATHEMATICS SHOULD SEEK ADVICE FROM MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTORS FIRST. M A T H E M A T I C S 200 (F) (3,0,1) E L E M E N T S OF (3,0,1) M A T H E M A T I C S 232 - INTRODUCTION TO A N A L Y S I S II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 113 or Mathematics 132, and Mathematics 115 or Mathematics 131 with at least " C " grades. (Mathematics 113 may be taken concurrently with the written permission of the instructor). Continuity, differentiation, integration, mean value theorem, fundamental theorem of calculus, boundedness, power series. ABSTRACT ALGE- Pre-requisite: Two semesters of mathematics courses. 95 MUSIC 100 — T H E O R Y IV (F) Music (3,2,1) A study of music from ca. 1600 to ca. 1800. A study of harmony: triads, non-harmonic mater i a l s , dominant seventh and d e r i v a t i v e s , secondary d o m i n a n t s , s i m p l e m o d u l a t i o n . Elementary forms, analysis of 17th and 18th century literature. Sight singing, melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Keyboard harmony: playing of cadence types, modulation to closely related keys, realization of elementary figured bass. MUSIC 101 — T H E O R Y V (S) (3,2,1) A study of music from ca. 1800 to the dissolution of tonality. Chromatic harmony and an introduction to 20th century techniques. Extended forms and analysis of 19th and early 20th century literature. Keyboard harmony: improvisation, figured bass in baroque style. Sight singing and dictation. MUSIC 250 - T H E O R Y VIII (F) (3,2,1) A study of music from the late 19th century to the beginning of World War II. The emancipation of d i s s o n a n c e ; polytonality; modality; S c h o e n b e r g ' s method of c o m p o s i t i o n . E a r training. MUSIC 251 T H E O R E T I C A L STUDIES MUSIC 010 - T H E O R Y I (F,S,SU) T H E O R Y IX (S) (3,2,1) A study of music from the end of World War II to the present. Serial, indeterminate, and electronic music. Twentieth century analytical techniques. Analysis and composition. (3,1,1) A course designed to teach music rudiments including: the staff, the clefs, notes and rests, major and minor scales, intervals and chords. Ear training will include recognition of all major, minor, augmented and d i m i n i s h e d triads. Sight singing will encompass examples in duple and triple metre in major and minor keys using stepwise and disjunct melodic motion. MUSIC 158 - O R C H E S T R A T I O N (S) (3,1,1) A course in the basics of orchestration intended to give the student a working knowledge of the orchestral instruments and some electronic devices used in commercial music. MUSIC 256 — T H E O R Y II (F) HISTORICAL STUDIES intervals — melodically and harmonically, (3,2,1) A course designed to emphasize sight singing and ear training. A study of music of the mediaeval age (ca. 900 to ca. 1400). Gregorian chant to 3-part writing, notation, rhythmic modes, church modes, cadential formulas. M U S I C 1 1 0 — MUSIC A P P R E C I A T I O N (F) (3,1,1) A course designed to provide grounding in historical styles, materials and forms of western music as well as in elementary theory. MUSIC 257 - MUSIC 111 - MUSIC A P P R E C I A T I O N (S) (3,1,1) A study of western music through a penetrating look at various parameters. Rhythm, metre, and tempo; pitch; tone colour; dynamics, attack and decay; texture. Special attention will be paid to student creations using various parameters. T H E O R Y III (S) (3,2,1) An intensification of ear training and sight singing techniques. A study of the music of the Renaissance (ca. 1400 to ca. 1600). Sixteenth century counterpoint, the development of tonality, a survey of the work of the theorists. Attention will also be paid to analysis and composition. 96 MUSIC 130 — SOCIOLOGY OF A R T I (3,0,1) (F) MUSIC 280 — PIANO CLASS (F,S) (1.5,2,.5) A continuation of Music 181. A course designed to survey the interaction of the general structure of society and the fine arts and music before the twentieth century. MUSIC 281 — PIANO CLASS (F,S) (1.5,2,.5) MUSIC 131 - SOCIOLOGY OF A R T II (3,0,1) MUSIC 1 8 6 - P I A N O CLASS (F) A continuation of Music 280. (S) 1.5,2,.5) Group piano lessons for non-music majors. A course designed to survey the interaction of the general structure of society and the fine arts and music during the twentieth century. MUSIC 187 — PIANO C L A S S (S) (1.5,2,.5) A continuation of Music 186. MUSIC 120 - HISTORY I (F) (3,0,1) MUSIC 188 - GUITAR CLASS (F) A study of music history from the time of ancient Greece to Dufay. MUSIC 121 — HISTORY II (S) (1.5,0,.5) Group guitar lessons. MUSIC 189 - (3,0,1) GUITAR C L A S S (S) (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Music 188. A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. ENSEMBLES MUSIC 190 — HISTORY III (F) (3,0,1) Music 150, 151, 252, 253 all have 4 sections. Section 1 is choir, section 2 is orchestra, section 3 is stage band, and section 4 is small e n s e m b l e s . A l l ensembles will perform publicly. A study of music history from Monteverdi to Beethoven. MUSIC 191 — HISTORY IV (F) (3,0,1) A study of music from Beethoven to the present. MUSIC 150 - ENSEMBLE (F,S) (3,1,1) Group performance experience. MUSIC 1 9 2 - HISTORY OF J A Z Z (S) (3,0,1) MUSIC 151 - A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. ENSEMBLE MUSIC 253 — E N S E M B L E CLASS INSTRUMENTS (F,S) (3,1,1) (F,S) (3,1,1) A continuation of Music 252. MUSIC 1 6 2 - C L A S S STRINGS (F) (3,2,1) MUSIC 258 — C O L L E G I U M M U S I C U M (F) (3,1,1) Vocal and instrumental performance practices of the music of Western Europe during the Mediaeval period. A p r a c t i c a l study of the v i o l i n family. MUSIC 163 — C L A S S STRINGS (S) (3,2,1) A continuation of Music 162. MUSIC 262 — C L A S S W O O D W I N D S (3,2,1) MUSIC 259 — C O L L E G I U M M U S I C U M (S) (3,1,1) Vocal and instrumental performance practices of the music of Western Europe during the Renaissance. (F) A practical study of the woodwind family. MUSIC 2 6 3 - C L A S S W O O D W I N D S (3,2,1) (S) INDIVIDUAL STUDIES A continuation of Music 262. MUSIC 164 — PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) (1.5,2,.5) Group piano lessons for music majors. MUSIC 181 — PIANO C L A S S (F,S) (3,1,1) A continuation of Music 151. A P P L I E D STUDIES PIANO C L A S S (F,S) (F,S) A continuation of Music 150. MUSIC 252 - MUSIC 180 - ENSEMBLE A course primarily designed to permit the student to pursue in-depth study of his/her own music speciality from qualified music instructors in the community. Students will be (1.5,2,.5) A continuation of Music 180. 97 MUSIC 179 - expected to show progress at the beginning and the end of the term for the Capilano College Music Faculty in order to assist the evaluation by music faculty in conjunction with the private music teacher. The course consists of ten half-hour lessons. R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Music 178. MUSIC 254 - R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Music 179. Note: This course is available to those students enrolled in 15 credit hours of music curriculum. Those studentswith less than 15 credit hours of music curriculum and who desire credit for Music 164 must consult the Music Co-ordinator prior to registration. MUSIC 255 - R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Music 254. MUSIC 165 — P R I V A T E MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) Philosophy A continuation of Music 164. Philosophy courses offered at C a p i l a n o College have transfer credit at the universities of British Columbia. Prospective philosophy majors should consult the faculty of the university of their choice. MUSIC 264 — P R I V A T E MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Music 165. MUSIC 265 — P R I V A T E MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Music 264. P H I L O S O P H Y 101 — I N T R O D U C T O R Y PHILOSOPHY (F) (3,0,1) A n investigation of p o l i t i c a l and moral philosophy, metaphysics, and epistomology, with emphasis on the relationship between law and morality; civil disobedience; the right to revolt; reason and passion; existentialism; Communism; feminism; doubt and certainty; perception and illusion; the nature of reality. The emphasis of this course may vary from instructor to instructor, and it is suggested that perspective students consult the outlines of d i f f e r e n t i n s t r u c t o r s ' c o u r s e s when registering. MUSIC 166 - P R I V A T E MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (3,0,1) A course primarily designed to permit the student accepted into the Performance Option of the Career Program to pursue in-depth study of his/her own music speciality from qualified music instructors in the community. M U S I C 167 - P R I V A T E MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F,S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Music 166. PHILOSOPHY 102 — INTRODUCTORY PHILO S O P H Y (S) (3,0,1) MUSIC 176 — I M P R O V I S A T I O N (F,S) (1.5.0..5) A course designed to teach the basics of jazz improvisation through the study of chord scales and their application in harmonic progression. MUSIC 1 7 7 - IMPROVISATION (1.5,0,.5) A continuation of Philosophy 101. PHILOSOPHY 200 P H Y (S) (3,0,1) (F,S) A problem and concept oriented course which seeks to provide an analysis of the rationale of political institutions and actions. This is not a study in the history of political thought, and every effort is made to view problems from contemporary perspectives. A continuation of Music 170. M U S I C 178 - R E P E R T O I R E (F,S) POLITICAL PHILOSO- (3,0,1) A practical study of s p e c i a l i z e d music literature. The music from historical periods being studied will depend upon the literature written for the students instrument or voice. Particular attention will be paid to style. This class will perform publicly. PHILOSOPHY 201 — POLITICAL PHILOSOP H Y (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Philosophy 200. 98 statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, moment u m , rotation, g r a v i t a t i o n , v i b r a t i o n , and special relativity. Physics PHYSICS 111 - G E N E R A L PHYSICS II (3,1.5,1) (F,S) Pre-requisite: Physics 110 and Mathematics 130 or 112. Mathematics 131 or 113 and 140 or 114 are pre- or co-requisites. Electric and magnetic fields, circuits, wave optics, and atomic and nuclear physics. PHYSICS 154 - G E N E R A L PHYSICS: E L E C TRICAL T E C H N O L O G Y I (F) (2,2,2/3) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12, Physics 11 and Chemistry 11. A study of basic electricity, with emphasis on Coulomb's law; lines of force; resistivity, capacitance, and electro-chemistry; basic magn e t i s m , i n c l u d i n g magnetic induction and intensity; electromagnetic induction, including Faraday's and Lenz's law; use of a.c. and d.c. generators, transformers and inductors; semiconductor theory, including physics of transistors and diodes. Two hours of lecture plus two hours of lab per week. PHYSICS 155 - G E N E R A L PHYSICS: E L E C TRICAL T E C H N O L O G Y II (S) (2,2,2/3) All first-year Physics courses include biweekly laboratory periods. Pre-requisite: Physics 154 A study of mechanics, including kinematics; Newton's laws; equilibrium; angular motion; energy and momentum; heat and thermodynamics; wave motion, including electromagnetic theory; sound waves, and topics such as refraction, diffraction and p o l a r i z a t i o n ; modern physics, including relativity, quantum mechanics, atomic and nuclear phenomena. Two hours of lecture plus two hours of labs per week. PHYSICS 104 — PRINCIPLES O F PHYSICS I (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: No Physics pre-requisite. Mathematics 12, Mathematics 100 or Mathematics 030 is required. This course, together with Physics 105, will serve as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. They are intended for students not taking further studies in science. Physics 104 is also a preparatory course for Physics 110. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics, and heat. PHYSICS 200 — H E A T , KINETIC, T H E O R Y A N D OPTICS (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 111 and Mathematics 131 or 113 and 140 or 114. Mathematics 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Physics 210 must be taken concurrently. Heat, temperature, the first and second laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory,and physical optics. This course, together with Physics 201, 210, and 211, is required for students majoring in physics or chemistry. PHYSICS 105 - PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS II (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 104 or 110 A continuation of Physics 104, emphasizing electricity, magnetism, gravitation, relativity, light, quantum theory, and nuclear physics. PHYSICS 201 (3,0,1) PHYSICS 110 — G E N E R A L PHYSICS I (F,S) (3,1.5,1) E L E C T R I C CIRCUITS (S) Pre-requisite: Physics 200, Mathematics 230, Mathematics 231 is a pre- or co-requisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently. The study of electric and magnetic fields; fundamentals of a.c. theory; LR, RC, L R C Pre-requisite: Physics 12, Physics 11, or Physics 104; and Mathematics 12 or 030. Mathematics 12 or Mathematics 112 is a pre- or co-requisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, 99 required of all registered students; these visits to be arranged by the student and instructor. circuits; resonance; mechanical analogs; forced and damped oscillations. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 101 — SPL — C O N T E M P O R A R Y IDEOLOGIES (F,S) (3,0,1) PHYSICS 210 — PHYSICS L A B O R A T O R Y 1 (F) (1,3,1) Pre-requisite: as for Physics 200, which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three-hour lab in mathematical methods and electrical measurements. A n introduction to political thought with particular attention to the influence of ideas on political action, including an examination of Liberalism, Conservatism, Socialism and Communism with its two revisions, Stalinism and Maoism. PHYSICS 211 — PHYSICS L A B O R A T O R Y II (S) (1,3,1) Pre-requisite: as for Physics 201, which must be taken concurrently. A weekly three-hour lab in electron dynamics, electricity, and electronics. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 120 (F) (3,0,1) PUBLIC POLICY This course will look at the structure and organization of the administrative branch of government at all three levels of government, but in particular the municipal. It will examine the role and function of regulatory bodies and tribunals of the area of citizen interactions with the administrative branch. PHYSICS 2 2 0 — M E C H A N I C S I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 110, Mathematics 131 or 113 and 140 or 114. Mathematics 230 is a pre- or co-requisite. Elementary mechanics of particles using calculus, central forces, viscous forces. This course, together with Physics 221, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in mathematics or computer science. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 199 - INTRODUCTION TO L A B O U R RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) N.B. — This course is specifically designed for the Administrative Science and Office Technology students. This course deals with trade unions in Canada in an historical and current context. The course investigates the methods of settling industrial disputes, e.g., collective bargaining, grievance procedures, mediation, strikes and lock-outs. Included is an analysis of federal and provincial labour legislation. P H Y S I C S 221 M E C H A N I C S II A N D SPECIAL RELATIVITY (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Physics 220, Mathematics 230. Mathematics 231 is a pre- or co-requisite. A continuation of Physics 220 to rigid body dynamics. An introduction to special relativity using space-time. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 200 — G O V E R N M E N T (F) (3,0,1) CANADIAN A study of the processes, ideologies and government structures which make up the Canadian political reality. One section of this course is run as an independent study basis and students may elect to take this course in combination with Sociology 200. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 201 — INTERNATIONA L RELATIONS (S) (3,0,1) Political Science POLITICAL S C I E N C E 100 — C O M P A R A T I V E G O V E R N M E N T (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) An introduction to the elements of government and politics in a comparative perspective with the role of the executive, legislature, bureaucracy, and the judiciary, as well as the role of the citizen and his or her socialization studied in various countries. A study of aspects of international politics necessary for an understanding of sources of power, techniques of wielding influence and formulation of foreign policy. Also an examination of international trade, international organizations, treaties and alliances. POLITICAL S C I E N C E 100 - SPL C O M P A R A TIVE G O V E R N M E N T (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) POLITICAL SCIENCE 202 — G O V E R N M E N T A N D POLITICS OF BRITISH C O L U M B I A (S) (3,0,1) A self paced learning course equivalent in content to Political Science 100 open to any student but designed to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre on a regular basis. Two visits to the Lynnmour Campus or other satellite centres will be This course will examine the government structure and political process of B r i t i s h Columbia. One section of this course will be run on an independent study basis in conjunction with Sociology 201. 100 Psychology P S Y C H O L O G Y 201 — G R O U P (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of the behaviour of people in small groups, including research methods, verbal and non-verbal communication, interaction dynamics, interpersonal influence and perception, sensitivity and encounter groups, group therapy for normals, and contemporary theories of human interaction. The student will have an opportunity intellectually to explore the dynamics of small groups, and to experience what goes on when he interacts with others. The Psychology Department would like to provide the student with a variety of methods by which he may obtain credit. W e have developed programs which entail various combinations of lectures, seminars, and independent study. Students interested in psychology should discuss their plans with members of the department or with an adviser from Student Services. P S Y C H O L O G Y 204 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y (F) (3,0,1) At present a student may transfer up to six one-semester courses to local universities and colleges. Those intending to major in psychology at universities in British Columbia are strongly advised to take Psychology 100, 101, 210 and 211. Students should note that Psychology 210 has no pre-requisite and may be taken at any time. A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language, and cognitive processes. Students will be encouraged to do research projects and observations. P S Y C H O L O G Y 210 — S T A T I S T I C S A N D R E S E A R C H DESIGN (F) (3,0,1) P S Y C H O L O G Y 100 — INTRODUCTION TO P S Y C H O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) A course for students who intend to major in one of the social sciences. Students who intend to major in psychology should take both this course and its sequel, Psychology 211. This course will introduce the student to descriptive and inferential statistics, and provide some of the basic skills to design and evaluate research in the social sciences. A program of lectures, s e m i n a r s and independent study designed to expose the student to contemporary methods, concepts and theories in psychology. The student will also have the opportunity to explore the application of psychology to contemporary issues such as child development, intelligence, environmental psychology, oppression and liberation, human sexuality, mental health, psychological addictions, encounter groups, bio-feedback, meditation, yoga, parapsychology and personality theory. P S Y C H O L O G Y 211 — E X P E R I M E N T A L PSYC H O L O G Y (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 210 A continuation of Psychology 210 for psychology majors. This course deals with current research in major areas of psychology, such as learning, motivation, social psychology, perception, and personality. P S Y C H O L O G Y 101 — B E H A V I O R A L T H E O R Y (F,S) (3,0,1) This course will examine in detail the various behavioral maladjustments. Topics will include the development of " a b n o r m a l " behaviour and the techniques used to help individuals in difficulty. P S Y C H O L O G Y 200 (F,S) (3,0,1) DYNAMICS P S Y C H O L O G Y 220 — T H E O R Y OF P E R S O N ALITY (S) (3,0,1) A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytical theory to learning theory. Included will be the ideas of Freud, Horney, Fromm, Rogers, Maslow, and others. Concepts to be considered will include the development of personality, and the structure and dynamics of personality. The course will include consideration of theoretical problems, and students will become familiar with empirical research in the area. SOCIAL P S Y C H O L O G Y A study of the dynamics and effect of groups on individual human behaviour. The course entails a project-oriented look at such topics as attitudes and attitude-change, group processes, leadership, perception, and an introduction to humanistic psychology. 101 R E C R E A T I O N 156 — OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION P R O G R A M S (F) (3,2,1) An introduction to the concepts of environmental education, outdoor schools, types of interpretation programs, methods and techniques used in B.C. Parks and historic sites, Adventure Playgrounds as outdoor education environments. Introduction to plant identification. Recreation R E C R E A T I O N 150 — OUTDOOR TION A R E A S (F) (3,2,1) R E C R E A T I O N 157 - SKILLS D E V E L O P M E N T (S) (1.5,3,V2) To broaden student's existing proficiencies in outdoor recreation skills, to develop leadership capabilities, safety consciousness in wilderness settings, and ecological appreciation of winter wilderness. Students will also receive a Senior St. John First Aid Certificate upon sucessful completion of that part of the course. RECREA- Weather, climate, and related vegetation and soil features as recreational factors, land use and planning techniques, Canada land inventory as a planning tool, types of Outdoor Recreation areas, surveying techniques, orienteering. R E C R E A T I O N 159 — OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION A D M I N I S T R A T I O N (S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is open Practitioners in the Field. R E C R E A T I O N 151 — OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION E N V I R O N M E N T (S) (3,2,1) to Recreation A study of general business practices in the operation of the various outdoor recreation facilities, such as record-keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing, advertising, and concession agreements, l i a b i l i t i e s , laws and statutes governing parks and recreation agencies. Geomorphology and cartographic techniques related to Outdoor Recreation, introduction to mapping and remote sensing techniques, environmental planning. R E C R E A T I O N 152 — INTRODUCTION TO R E C R E A T I O N (F) (3,0,1) R E C R E A T I O N 160 - P H Y S I C A L FITNESS IN T H E O R Y A N D P R A C T I C E (S,SU) (3,0,1) A history of the development of recreation and parks in Canada and B.C., concepts of park planning, an examination of types of outdoor recreation and the place of outdoor recreation in Canada; the career philosophy. An overview of the constituents of physical fitness in which the following topics are dealt with: What is physical fitness? What are its physiological determinants? How can physical fitness be achieved and maintained? Weight control, physiological changes resulting from training and exercise; tests for physical fitness; designing fitness programs. R E C R E A T I O N 153 - W O R K LEISURE A N D SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) A study of the role of work and leisure during the various historical periods, with emphasis on leisure in contemporary society, and work and leisure as they relate to the present expansion of recreation, philosophies of recreation and leisure. R E C R E A T I O N 161 — W I L D E R N E S S B A C K P A C K I N G I (SU,F) (3,0,1) An introduction to the skills of summer hiking and camp crafts in Wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on leadership development in organization, safety and group assessment. Topics will include: access to wilderness areas, equipment, first aid and survival kits, trip planning and organization, navigation, camp crafts, hiking on difficult terrain, and wilderness ecology. R E C R E A T I O N 154 — OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION FACILITIES (F) (3,0,1) A study of principles and practices relative to the process of planning recreational facilities and places, and an overview of the layout and design of specific facilities such as marinas, ski areas, swimming pools, residential camps, and playgrounds. 102 R E C R E A T I O N 162 — W I L D E R N E S S C A N O E ING I (SU) (3,0,1) An introduction to the skills, knowledge and safety techniques in basic paddling. This course is primarily an activity course with instruction in proper handling of equipment, paddling skills in grades of water up to and including grade 1 /2, practice and rescue, tracking and lining, leading and portaging, and river reading. Successful graduates will receive a Basic Paddling Certificate from Canoe Sport British Columbia. All applicants must be able to swim with confidence under difficult conditions, i.e., turbulent water with clothes on. R E C R E A T I O N 171 — BEGINNING M O U N T A I N E E R I N G (SU) (3,0,1) Note: This course is open to the public. The course will cover basic principles of equipment, safety, glacier travel, and climbing on rock, ice, and snow. Although the course is primarily designed for the beginner, it is flexible enough to cater to people wishing to improve their skills beyond the novice level. Lectures are in the e v e n i n g , and field experience on weekends. 1 NOTE: An additional fee will be levied to cover field trip expenses. R E C R E A T I O N 163 — W I L D E R N E S S FIRST AID I (F,S) (3,0,1) R E C R E A T I O N 172 — BASIC STATISTICS (3,0,1) This course, incorporating the St. John Ambulance Standard First A i d , is adapted specifically to problems of first aid in the W i l d e r n e s s s e t t i n g . Due to this special adaptation, the course has been extended from the normally required ten lectures to fourteen lectures including classes in Wilderness areas. Special emphasis is given to topics of hypothermia, frostbite, and emergency evacuation. This is an introductory course which develops statistical techniques to analyze outdoor recreation problems. Topics in the course include summarizing and interpreting raw data, probability, counting, random variables and their probability distributions. (F) R E C R E A T I O N 173 — S T A T I S T I C A L M E THODS (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Recreation 172 Topics in this course include estimation, hypothesis testing, linear regression, correlation, some non-parametric tests, and elementary computing techniques. R E C R E A T I O N 164 — W I L D E R N E S S NORDIC SKIING I (S) (3,0,1) This is an introductory course designated to give students an initial exposure to winter environments. While the course includes both lecture and field trip series, emphasis will be placed upon out of door activity. Lecture topics will include e q u i p m e n t , c l o t h i n g , special geographic features, fitness, nutrition, and safety. Field trips will include ski touring as a primary activity with snow shoeing secondary. A variety of ski areas will be visited to provide the widest possible perspective of local conditions. R E C R E A T I O N 250 — OUTDOOR TION E C O L O G Y (F) (3,2,1) RECREA- A study of plant and animal ecology, land-man relationships, conservation theories and ecological principles as a basis to recreation land management. R E C R E A T I O N 251 - OUTDOOR R E C R E A TION E N V I R O N M E N T A L M A N A G E M E N T (S) (3,2,1) R E C R E A T I O N 170 - W I L D E R N E S S R E C R E A T I O N (F) (3,0,1) An examination of fish and wildlife recreation management, concepts of multiple land use, recreation land classification and use capability. NOTE: This course is open to the public. An introductory course in wilderness Recreation, designed as an overview of the components which make for a safe and comfortable experience in a wilderness area at different seasons of the year for different activities. The course discusses the inter-relationship of people's needs and the environment. General topics will include l e a d e r s h i p , n a v i g a t i o n , general geography, first aid and ethics. Wilderness activities will include backpacking, camping, canoeing and cross-country skiing. Previous experience in the activities is N O T necessary. R E C R E A T I O N 252 — OUTDOOR TION P R A C T I C U M (S) (3,0,1) RECREA- Pre-requisite: Term 1 and Term 2 of the program. Arrangements will be made with local parks and recreation agencies to provide students with the equivalent of two days a week practicum work in outdoor recreation settings. Students may elect to take their practicum in the Summer Term. Students will assemble their portfolios and curriculum vita. 103 R E C R E A T I O N 261 — W I L D E R N E S S B A C K P A C K I N G II (SU) (3,0,1) R E C R E A T I O N 253 — OUTDOOR FACILITIES W O R K S H O P (S) (3,0,1) Students will gain in-depth experience in facilities management through on-the-job training. Experience will be synthesized through seminars, projects and lectures. R E C R E A T I O N 254 — OUTDOOR TION P R O G R A M P L A N N I N G (F) The course objective is to further involve students with wilderness backpacking skills in an atmosphere of safety, enjoyment and environmental understanding. Emphasis will be directed towards the development of leadership experience as it applies to individual and group requirements in wilderness settings. Special attention will be focused on survival techniques, solo experience, first a i d , environmental perception study and special group study. RECREA(3,0,1) A n examination of the philosophical, sociological, and pragmatic implications of recreational program planning, and an overview of current and diverse recreational programs in the province of British Columbia. R E C R E A T I O N 262 — W I L D E R N E S S C A N O E ING II (SU) (3,0,1) This course is a review and addition to the Canoeing I material. Skill will be developed in grades of water up to and including Grade 3. Emphasis will be placed on development of canoe instructor techniques up to and including Grade 2 water. Successful graduates will receive an Intermediate Instructors Certificate from Canoe Sport British Columbia. R E C R E A T I O N 256 — SKILLS D E V E L O P M E N T (F) (1.5,3,V2) Residential camp management. Students will be required to attend two residential camp experiences, and a series of lectures dealing with leadership and management techniques. R E C R E A T I O N 263 — W I L D E R N E S S FIRST AID II (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Recreation 163. R E C R E A T I O N 257 - A N INTRODUCTION TO L A N D S C A P E DESIGN A N D T E C H N I Q U E S (F) (2,3,2/3) Emphasis will be placed on the application of first aid techniques in Wilderness settings under conditions of isolation, where medical assistance is distant and where there are problems of evacuation. Some practical sessions will be deferred to field trips taken in second year activity courses in all three programs. A study of basic landscaping philosopies and design techniques; the history of garden design in different c u l t u r e s ; the North American approach; Canadian garden design; influences resulting in regional differences; ecological considerations in landscaping; discussion of landscape techniques. The course is designed to provide necessary background and experience for basic landscaping. R E C R E A T I O N 264 - W I L D E R N E S S NORDIC SKIING II (S) (3,0,1) This course is designed to further experience, awareness, knowledge and activity s k i l l s initiated in the first Wilderness Nordic Skiing course. Emphasis will be directed towards overnight camping and survival experience in a variety of physical s e t t i n g s , as well as equipment selection and development. In all aspects a preventive attitude towards wilderness recreational use will be developed for individual and group capacity. R E C R E A T I O N 258 — A N INTRODUCTION TO H O R T I C U L T U R A L PLANTS (S) (2,3,%) Note: This course is open to the public. A survey of the plants commonly used and best suited to landscaping in the Greater Vancouver area. The course will include the background botany necessary for plant identification, flowering trees and shrubs, herbaceous plants, and discussions of the individual plants of each group from aesthetic and ecological viewpoints. R E C R E A T I O N 360 — LOG B O O K E X P E R I E N C E (PRACTICUM) (S,SU) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: First two years of the program in one of the three specialty areas. Students will keep detailed logs of all wilderness trips which they organize and lead for one year period. The logs will be evaluated upon completion of the practicum period, and successful completion of the course will lead to Wilderness Leadership Certificate. R E C R E A T I O N 259 — SKILLS D E V E L O P M E N T (F) (1.5,3,1/2) To develop specialized skills related to the students' employment goals. Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography and another outdoor recreation skill of their own choosing. 104 Religious Studies FASHION 151 — T E X T I L E A N D A P P A R E L M A R K E T I N G (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) RELIGIOUS STUDIES 102 — INTRODUCTION TO T H E STUDY OF RELIGION (F,S) (3,0,1) A n overview of the total marketing channel for textiles and apparel products, from product development to retail consumer distribution. An introduction to the study of religion that will attempt to give students a firm foundation in Religious Studies and will allow for further study of the discipline. Topics will include theories on the nature and function of religion, religious phenomena, types of religious experience, and religion as ultimate concern. F A S H I O N 152 - F A S H I O N W O R K RIENCE I (F) (3,0,1) A structured work experience within an approved firm in a business area related to fashion retailing, such as selling or designing apparel, fashion promotion, etc. Includes a weekly seminar which incorporates on-the-job knowledge with various speakers from related fashion retailing areas. The work experience continues through four terms and is co-ordinated and supervised by a College Fashion instructor. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 103 — INTRODUCTION TO T H E STUDY OF RELIGION II (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Religious Studies 102 OR written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of Religious Studies 102. Topics will include the place of religious tradition, theology versus history, religious institutions, religion and the sciences, religion and death. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 200 T H E W E S T (F,S) (3,0,1) FASHION 154 — P E R S O N A L D E V E L O P M E N T FOR T H E FASHION E M P L O Y E E (F) (3,0,1) This course deals with the basic grooming procedures, appropriate cosmetics, figure control (exercise) a professional wardrobe, nutrition, self-awareness and inner confidence. It considers the service of the public and a sensitivity to inter-personal relations. RELIGIONS OF Pre-requisite: Religious Studies 102 and 103 OR written permission of the Instructor. An investigation and analysis of the religions of the West: Judaism, Christianity and Islam. Emphasis will be on the origins and contemporary beliefs, rites, and forms of worship in each of the three religions and how each of these religions deals with the ultimate concerns of man. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 201 T H E EAST (S) (3,0,1) EXPE- FASHION 155 — BASIC C L O T H I N G C O N STRUCTION M E T H O D S (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A course for students with little or no sewing background. It will include pattern layout, machine operation, current construction techniques and fitting of garments for all ages. Lab fee: $7.00 RELIGIONS OF Pre-requisite: Religious Studies 102 and 103 OR written permission of the Instructor. An investigation of the religions of India: Hinduism, Jainism, Sikhism, Buddhism; or the interaction of Buddhism with Taoism and Confucianism in China; and the development of Japanese religious traditions. Attention will be paid to the origins, development, and contemporary beliefs of these religions with particular emphasis on specific themes such as suffering, revelation, salvation and existence. FASHION 170 - HISTORY OF W E S T E R N FASHION (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A survey of fashions from the days of Ancient Egypt to the present. Investigation of major cultural forces that influence change and analysis of current fashions to discern influence of the past cultures. FASHION 172 — F A B R I C S FOR T H E FASHION INDUSTRY (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A survey of the development and use of fashion fabrics including fibre identification; grouping of fibre characteristics; methods of fibre construction and f i n i s h i n g . Constant relation of these factors to the effect on development of the design, serviceability and care of fabrics. Investigation of textile labelling; legislation; promotion selling; and the development of the Canadian textile industry. Lab fee:$7.00 Retail Fashions FASHION 150 FASHION AND THE C O N S U M E R (OPEN) (S) (3,0,1) A n examination of fashion from the viewpoint of the c o n s u m e r ; human behaviour and consumer behaviour in relation to clothing are discussed. 105 FASHION 257 — M E R C H A N D I S E DISPLAY (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) FASHION 173 - HISTORY OF F U R N I T U R E (OPEN) (S) (3,0,1) A survey of furniture from the caveman to the space age with interrelation to the History of Western Fashion course and to the Introduction to Interior Design. Techniques and theory of m e r c h a n d i s e display; arrangement and display of merchandise for educational commercial purpose. F A S H I O N 258 — N O N - T E X T I L E S A N D A C C E S S O R I E S (OPEN) (S) (3,0,1) A study of the importance of accessory items to the total fashion picture, (i.e., jewelry, hats, wigs, cosmetics, handbags, gloves), marketing trends and merchandising techniques for these products. FASHION 176 — C L O T H I N G DESIGN A N D CONSTRUCTION I (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Basic principles and techniques of garment design and production; involvement in original design, pattern making, and garment construction; development of skill in solving fitting problems. M a r k e t survey of design and construction standards. Lab fee: $7.00 F A S H I O N 259 — F A S H I O N M E R C H A N DISING (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A study of the principles of retail buying and selling of fashions; study of merchandising functions such as pricing, inventory control, turnover, and "open-to-buy". FASHION 177 - CLOTHING DESIGN A N D CONSTRUCTION II (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Pre-requisite: Retail Fashion 255 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of individual designing and development of garments, comparison of construction techniques and design in relation to retail value; discussion of current design and designers. Lab fee: $7.00 FASHION 251 — FASHION PROMOTION (3,0,1) (OPEN) FASHION 260 — FASHION W O R K IENCE III (F) (3,0,1) EXPER- Same as Retail Fashion 152 and 252. FASHION 261 - FASHION W O R K IENCE IV (S) (3,0,1) (S) EXPER- Same as Retail Fashion 152, 252 and 260. FASHION 264 — INTROCUDTION TO INTERIOR DESIGN (S) (3.0,1) (OPEN) Fundamentals of design; study of textiles, colour, wall finishes, window treatments, floor coverings and accessories; practice of roomplanning through use of floor plans and room decorating by combining furniture fabrics and The overall study of methods of fashion promotions. The specific study of planning fashion promotions, including theme selection according to influencing factors such as age-group appeal, promotional timing, budgets and merchandise content. accessories. FASHION 252 — FASHION W O R K E X P E R I E N C E II (S) (3,0,1) A structured work experience within an approved firm in a business area related to fashion retailing, such as selling or designing apparel, fashion promotion, etc. Includes a weekly seminar which incorporates on-the-job knowledge with various speakers from related fashion retailing areas. The work experience continues through four terms and is co-ordinated and supervised by a College Fashion instructor. Designing of a "boutique" or office to 1A" scale with renderings. FASHION 265 — F R E N C H D R A P I N G A N D A D V A N C E D DESIGN (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Pre-requisite: Retail Fashion 255, 262 or written permission of the Instructor. An advanced course in the French method of draping fabric onto a form to produce a finished garment. Includes a further examination of the flat pattern method of clothing construction. Lab fee:$7.00 FASHION 256 — F A S H I O N M O D E L L I N G (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Fundamentals of poise, carriage and sense of style; individual attention to determine student's best personal qualities; make-up, hair styles, apparel selection. Live and photographic modelling techniques before an audience, such as fashion show modelling, professional make-up. Labfee:$7.00 Russian Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ 106 within departments, but the Language Coordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. RUSSIAN 100 (3,1.5,1) approaches to common social problems in modern industrial society; the sociology of knowledge. SOCIOLOGY 2 0 0 - C A N A D I A N SOCIETY (3,0,1) An introduction to the study of Canadian society, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change within each. Students may elect to take this course by independent study combined with Canadian Politics (Political Science 200). FIRST Y E A R RUSSIAN (F) A comprehensive introduction to the Russian language, including grammar, conversation, translation and reading. RUSSIAN 101 (3,1.5,1) FIRST Y E A R RUSSIAN (S) SOCIOLOGY 201 — C A N A D I A N SOCIETY (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Russian 100 or its equivalent A continuation of the work begun in Russian 100, and, if possible to be taken immediately following Russian 100. (S) A n advanced sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society, with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and the way in which these movements influenced the development of B r i t i s h C o l u m b i a politics. Students may elect to take this course by independent study in combination with Political Science 201. Sociology Students registering for sociology courses should note that course material is, generally, of a cumulative nature. Those who intend to major should complete Sociology 100 and 101. All 200 level courses will provide the U . B . C . transfer student with unassigned credit toward a major, as well as a good introduction to sociological methods. SOCIOLOGY 222 — SOCIOLOGY OF T H E ARTS (F) (3,0,1) This course will examine literature, painting, film and other art forms in an attempt to relate these art forms to the social context in which they exist. This examination will develop an understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (expressed as art), social institutions and social behaviour. Secondly, it will encourage an appreciation of the impact of the artist on society, ideas and values. This course will therefore provide a different approach to methods and concepts in Sociology. (Transfer credit being applied for.) SOCIOLOGY 100 - SOCIAL S T R U C T U R E S (F) (3,0,1) A study of the concepts of social structure and social institutions; c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of some important social i n s t i t u t i o n s ; the political system, the economy, social stratification; study of m o d e r n industrial societies and related social processes; bureaucracy, the division of labour, secularization, class and status. S O C I O L O G Y 223 — C U R R E N T S O C I A L ISSUES (S) (3,0,1) A concentrated study from both a theoretical and practical perspective of present day societal concerns and problems and their possible solutions. Major themes of the course include a sociologically analytical viewing of social emergencencies as presented by media and of social problems as perceived by members of society — as well as an exploration of the issues generally raised by sociologists in their study of " d e v i a n c e " , i.e., crime, drug a d d i c t i o n , prostitution, d e l i n q u e n c y , social control, and a consideration of forms of social behaviour not usually perceived as problematic. (Transfer credit being applied for.) SOCIOLOGY 101 — C O N C E P T S A N D T H E O RIES OF SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the development of sociological theory, with emphasis on the main ideas and concepts of sociological thought as they have evolved over time; the conceptual and methodological foundations of the principal schools of thought. SOCIOLOGY 122 (F) (3,0,1) (F) SOCIOLOGICAL T H E O R Y An examination of some theoretical models of society, particularly in contemporary sociology such as the study of functionalist and conflict theories of society; divergent theoretical 107 Same approach and content as Spanish 100 and 101, but done in one term on an intensive basis. P e r m i s s i o n of instructor r e q u i r e d . Recommended for those who want to achieve a language requirement quickly or who want a rapid review of basic principles. Spanish S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S . F . U . and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S . F . U . for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. SPANISH 200 - S E C O N D Y E A R SPANISH (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Spanish 100/101 or a placement test. A continuation of the work of Spanish 101 with emphasis on oral discussion of literary texts. SPANISH 201 - S E C O N D Y E A R SPANISH (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Spanish 200. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following Spanish 200. A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. U.B.C. At U . B . C , present equivalent standards equate Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and Spanish 201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans a major in Spanish may enter U . B . C . ' s Spanish 300 when he completes the Capilano courses. Note: All courses in Spanish include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Student Services S T U D E N T SERVICES 010 — D E V E L O P I N G A C A R E E R (F.S.) (2,0,0) A ten week group program devoted to individual career decision making. The first half will assist students in an evaluation of life goals and decisions about desirable life styles. The second half will concentrate on choice of career paths to realize the chosen lifestyle. This will include information gathering, career strategies, alternative careers and career plan. The group will respond to the concerns of students in a relatively unstructured format. The programme may betaken seperately, but would be especially beneficial if taken concurrently with the seminar on Developing Personnel Potential. Native speakers of French, German, Spanish, Russian or Japanese who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Coordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrolment. SPANISH 100 - FIRST Y E A R SPANISH (F,S) (3,1.5,1) A basic course in the oral and written language, with oral emphasis on grammar, composition and conversation. S T U D E N T S E R V I C E S 011 — P E R S O N A L EXISTENTIAL ISSUES (S) (2,0,0) This group program will explore issues that effect our perspective on life, such as values, formation and purpose and meaning of life. The goal of the program is to raise our awareness of the world that "tends to squeeze us into its m o l d " . A second purpose is in consequence from the first . . . "to allow for renewal of ourselves from within". Topics such as: despair, hopelessness, death, our experience of evil, survival of personal life, the will to meaning and the valuing process will be discussed. W e hope to involve resource persons from the college and community. SPANISH 101 - FIRST Y E A R SPANISH (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Spanish 100. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following Spanish 100. A continuation of the work of Spanish 100. SPANISH 1 0 8 - I N T E N S I V E SPANISH (F) (6, 1.5, 2) Pre-requisite: Some previous knowledge of Spanish. 108 STUDENT SERVICES 012 — D E V E L O P I N G A WINNING L I F E S T Y L E — A S M A L L G R O U P EXPERIENCE EMPLOYING TRANSACTIONA L A N A L Y S I S (F,S) (2,0,0) STUDENT SERVICES 016 - L E A R N I N G A N D STUDY SKILLS (F,S) (2,0,0) Four intensive workshops e m p h a s i s i n g practical learning and study t e c h n i q u e s . M a t e r i a l will include s a m p l e essay and objective tests, weekly time schedules and material to improve your reading comprehension. Each workshop will focus on a single topic. (1) Time organization, using your study time effictively. (2) Getting the most from class, taking notes, class discussion (to speak or not to speak!) (3) Reading; improving your comprehension and speed. (4) Taking tests; objective and essay tests, how to study for an examination. Transactional Analysis is a method for improving understanding of human relationships developed by Dr. Eric Berne, author of Games People Play. In the course, T . A . will be utilized to assist participants to increase effective communication between themselves and others. Group members w i l l , through sharing with one another, be able to gain information regarding the verbal and non-verbal messages they are sending, and how each can "take charge" of his or her own life. Enrollment will be limited. STUDENT SERVICES 013 — D E V E L O P I N G P E R S O N A L P O T E N T I A L (F,S) (2,0,0) S T U D E N T SERVICES 017 G R O U P (F,S) (2,0,0) SINGLE P A R E N T The programme will consist of a series of small group exercises which are designed to help the participants clarify their values and life goals, and to investigate areas of strength. The emphasis will be on the discovery of capacities, talents and abilities which each individual has, but is often not aware of or is not using fully. If these potentialities are discovered and allowed to develop, the result is likely to be a more vital, creative and satisfying life. The programme might be especially useful to those who are faced with decisions of vocational choice. The programme may be taken separately, but would be especially beneficial if taken concurrently with the seminar of Developing a Career. Technology S T U D E N T SERVICES 014 — W O R K S H O P (F,S) (2,0,0) T E C H N O L O G Y 050 MEDIA (F,S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) If you are a single parent who finds yourself in a rut and in need of a change, we are offering an opportunity for you to share mutual concerns. Support, day care, recreation, boredom, and loneliness could be some of the subjects discussed. The group will operate on an open discussion basis determined by the concerns you bring. SEXUALITY A short term workshop on a fascinating and of life will b e o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s ; the program will emphasize the inter-personal aspect of sexual relationships. W e intend to provide for maximum participation of the group in meaningful content and ideas. Several guests from outside the college will participate in the workshop. STUDIES A general introduction to the role media plays in our society. It will include presentation and discussion of various media. Examples might include films, video, audio, photography, print and graphics. The course will study their uses and impact in our schools, our jobs, and our lives. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee:$5.00 beautiful part S T U D E N T S E R V I C E S 015 — W O M E N W I T H N E W GOALS (F,S) (2,0,0) T E C H N O L O G Y 0 5 3 — F I L M STUDIES (3,0,1) (OPEN) This group will provide an opportunity for women, who are coming back to school after a lengthy absence, to meet others like themselves. The group will enable women to discuss common concerns such as self image, questions regarding one's confidence and acceptance by younger students. The keystone will be informality, and group members will generate topics for discussion. (F) A study of contemporary and historical films. The lectures, discussions, and assignments will be based on films shown in the class and on selected readings in film history, criticism, and history. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $10.00 109 T E C H N O L O G Y 064 (3,0,1) (OPEN) FILM USAGE (S) A course in film making for amateur film makers. The class will cover film aesthetics and techniques for beginners. Topics to include camera work, editing, titling, use of sound, and choice of equipment. Students to use their own equipment and supplies. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. T E C H N O L O G Y 072 BASIC P H O T O G R A P H Y (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in beginning photography. Similar to Technology 183, this course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $25.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 073 — A D V A N C E D PHOTOG R A P H Y (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in advanced photography. Similar to Technology 185, this course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $25.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 060 - A - V U S A G E (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A course designed to help people in the community to use their own a u d i o - v i s u a l equipment more effectively. Participants in this class would provide their own equipment and supplies. Discussions, assignments, and productions would be based on effective usage of such media as audio, video, photography, graphics, and slide-tape. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. T E C H N O L O G Y 074 - BASIC F I L M M A K I N G (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in film making, similar to Technology 253. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee:$30.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 151 — G R A P H I C S F O R M U L T I M E D I A PRODUCTIONS (S) (3,0,1) A course in audio-visual graphics to produce graphics appropriate for use in slide-tape shows, animated films, etc. Lab fee: $15.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 062 PHOTOGRAPHIC U S A G E (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) An introduction for beginning photographers. The course will cover such topics as exposure, depth of field, treatment of motion, choice of lenses, basic lighting, creativity in photography, and purchasing of equipment. Participants to supply their own cameras and supplies. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. T E C H N O L O G Y 152 — G R A P H I C S FOR T H E M E D I A SPECIALIST (F) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the equipment and techniques used by the graphic designer in media productions. Most of the course is devoted to studio a s s i g n m e n t s , i n v o l v i n g lay-out and typography, photography, silkscreen and overhead transparencies and their application to media production. Lab fee: $15.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 063 — A D V A N C E D PHOTOG R A P H I C U S A G E (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) T E C H N O L O G Y 1 5 3 — F I L M A N I M A T I O N (S) (3,0,1) An introduction to film animation techniques using Super 8 film, basic motion picture camera and studio lighting techniques in lectures, demonstrations and workshop exercises, including a wide range of film animation media; drawing on film; bleaching; table top animation; cutouts; A course in advanced photography for experienced photographers. In a given term the class might centre on free lance photography, creative photography, photojournalism, or other advanced topics. Students to use their own equipment. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. 110 camera animation of graphics and photographs; titling and basic animation cell techniques. Lab fee: $20.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 183 — T H E O R Y A N D A P P L I CATIONS OF P H O T O G R A P H I C PRODUCTION (F) (6,3,2) T E C H N O L O G Y 154 TIONS I (F) (6,0,2) A beginning course in photographic theory and practice, examining basic principles of camera operation; exposure; developing and printing. Lab fee: $25.00 MEDIA APPLICA- An introduction to the educational and social uses of media. Emphasis will be on projects involving basic media; photography, graphics, transparencies, etc. TECHNOLOGY CATIONS II (S) 155 (3,0,1) MEDIA T E C H N O L O G Y 185 — A D V A N C E D PHOTOG R A P H Y (S) (3,3,1) The application of photographic techniques, with emphasis on combining shot sequences to tell a story, as well as editing, layout and presentation. Lab fee: $25.00 APPLI- Intermediate course in the educational and social uses of media. Introduction to theories of learning, communication systems, and educational applications. T E C H N O L O G Y 187 — AUDIO PRODUCTION (S) (6,0,2) T E C H N O L O G Y 161 — T E C H N I C A L A P P L I C A TIONS I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Technology 180. An introduction to basic production techniques for educational materials including information-sending d o c u m e n t a r i e s , d r a m a satire, dramatization and special learning formats, interviewing, scripting, editing and m i x i n g ; basic technical aspects of audio equipment and performance specifications as well as special uses of audio materials, such as language labs, directed study and information retrieval sytems. Lab fee: $15.00 A beginning course to familiarize students with the c a p a b i l i t i e s and limitations of equipment. Practical e x p e r i e n c e in care, maintenance and s i m p l e repairs of still cameras, projectors, and other basic equipment. T E C H N O L O G Y 163 — T E C H N I C A L A P P L I C A TIONS II (S) (3,0,1) Capabilities and limitations of audio, slide tape, film animation, and video portapack systems. Practical experience in care and maintenance of these systems. T E C H N O L O G Y 171 — S M A L L TELEVISION (S) (3,0,1) TECHNOLOGY 1 8 9 - RESEARCH METHODS FOR T H E M E D I A SPECIALIST (S) (3,0,1) Research and background techniques for media productions. The role of the media specialist in consultation with clients and content experts in interviewing, and in utilizing libraries, newspapers, and other sources of material. Lab fee: $30.00 FORMAT Introduction in television production. The course will center on uses of the half-inch portable " r o v e r " system. Lab fee: $25.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 180 — A U D I O E Q U I P M E N T ( F , S , or Summer) (OPEN) T E C H N O L O G Y 253 — F I L M M A K I N G (F) (6,3,2) An introduction to basic motion picture p r o d u c t i o n ; c a m e r a , f i l m stock, l i g h t i n g ; exposure controls; lenses and perspectives; camera movement, pictorial and directional continuity; e d i t i n g , t i t l i n g , s c r i p t i n g , with emphasis upon film as a graphic medium. A production course e m p h a s i z i n g continuity, dramatic and educational films, utilizing Super 8 equipment. VISUAL (3,0,1) A n introduction to A . V . equipment and production techniques for students who are not enrolled full time in the Media Resources program. The course may cover such topics as Super 8 mm film, videotaping, slide-tape shows or other basic audio visual media. Lab fee: $25.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 181 - BASIC AUDIO PRODUCTION (SU) (3,0,1) (OPEN) TECHNOLOGY TIONS III (F) An introduction to the basics of audio production techniques for students not enrolled in the Media Resources Program. Lab fee: $15.00 254 — (3,3,1) MEDIA APPLICA- Further work in uses and applications of media in a field setting. The role of the Resource Center in an institution. 111 T E C H N O L O G Y 256 — L E A R N I N G RESOURCES C E N T R E S (S) (3,3,1) T E C H N O L O G Y 271 - E D U C A T I O N A L T E L E VISION S Y S T E M S (F) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Technology 300, Education 258 A course in which the student will produce a plan of an audio-visual resource in relation to the developing concept of total learning resources services. A production course in medium format television, including portable V2" and 1" videotape equipment; single-camera productions, documentaries, and full studio productions. Training includes camera work, directing and switching, lighting, editing, graphics, telecine. Lab fee: $30.00 T E C H N O L O G Y 2 8 7 — AUDIO FOR F I L M A N D TELEVISION (F) (3,0,1) Techniques of audio recording, editing, and dubbing in film and television production. T E C H N O L O G Y 301 — S P E C I A L I Z E D INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS (S) (3,6,1) Pre-requisite: Completion of the speciality courses in the first year of the Media Resources Program. An advanced course in the planning and preparation of special graphic and instructional aids for classroom, film and t.v. productions, as well as the study of production techniques, colourtone production and other display media. A field practicum course involving one or more major assignments. TECHNOLOGY G R A P H I C S (F) 260 — (3,0,1) AUDIO VISUAL T E C H N O L O G Y 302 INSTRUCTIONAL M E D I A PRODUCTIONS (S) (3,6,1) Pre-requisite: Technology 185. Whenever possible, Technology 178 and Technology 251 should be taken concurrently. A basic course in the principles of graphic information and preparation of graphic materials for classroom instructional purposes, film or television productions, including workshop assignments with colourtone t e c h n i q u e s ; photographic paste-up and reduction techniques; the production of diagrams; basic display and flow charts. Most exercises will be designed to serve the needs of production work pursued in Technology 178 and 253. Lab fee: $15.00 Pre-requisite: Completion of specialty courses in the first year of the Media Resources Program. An advanced course in media productions, including audio, slide tape, film, v.t.r. and e.t.v. as these relate to educational and training needs, with production styles for specific needs and a u d i e n c e s . A field practicum course involving one or more assignments. T E C H N O L O G Y 261 - T E C H N I C A L A P P L I C A TIONS III (F) (3,0,1) Capabilities and limitations of television and film systems. Practical experience in use, care and maintenance of those systems. T E C H N O L O G Y 263 - T E C H N I C A L A P P L I C A TIONS IV (S) (3,0,1) Designing of systems for media production and delivery. Includes budgeting and purchasing of equipment systems, accommodation of systems designing to institutional needs and resources, and interfacing of different types of systems. 1 1 2 TECHNOLOGY 303 THE MEDIA SPECIALIST IN E D U C A T I O N A N D TRAINING (S) (3,6,1) Pre-requisite: Completion of specialty courses in the first year of the Media Resources Program. A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, triggers, information transmission, emotive learning a n d self-awareness; the relationship of the Media Specialist to education in g e n e r a l , with emphasis on the tasks confronting him. A field practicum course involving one or more major assignments. Theatre Arts 113 of women at all levels of society will be examined; in addition North American attitudes towards women will be contrasted to those in other cultures, particularly in Europe and Asia. T H E A T R E ARTS 100 - P R A C T I C A L ARTS OF T H E T H E A T R E I (F,S) (3,3,1) A workshop course in the practical arts of the theatre. The student will be introduced to the training processes of the actor, studying the methods of voice production, body movement and control, improvisation, and mime. The focus of the first term will be on Performance. Improvisation employing emotional and sense recall will be practice, as well as short scenes from plays in the standard repertoire. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 110 — W O M E N A N D M E N IN TRANSITION (F) (3,0,1) A psychological examination of sex-role d e f i n i t i o n s , their o r i g i n s , development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine the differences in life patterns between men and women and the effect these have on personality development and self-concept. It will include a critical examination of male and female consciousness and the extent to which these affect and determine potential for human growth and freedom. Reference will be made to major psychological schools of thought in terms of sexual bias. Non-sexist alternatives to present psychiatric practices will be explored. T H E A T R E ARTS 101 — P R A C T I C A L ARTS OF T H E T H E A T R E II (F,S) (3,3,1) A continuation of Theatre Arts 100. The student will participate in advanced improvisation, interpreting a role, motivation, and analysis of character. In addition, the student will be introduced to the technical areas of theatre. M a k e u p , scene lighting d e s i g n , costume, and management will be practiced. The course will be production oriented, and culminate in a final performance before an audience. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 112 — W O M E N A N D RELIGION (S) (3,0,1) This course will examine the effect of JudaicChristian thought on contemporary attitudes towards women. It will trace the development of female archetypes in b i b l i c a l and early post-biblical literature, examining which of these archetypes have survived to present-day society. It will then look at Judaic laws and Christian customs and the implications these have held in the past and the present for the status of women. Attention will be paid throughout to the interdependence of culture and religion. T H E A T R E ARTS 120 - INTRODUCTION TO T H E A T R E I (F) (3,0,1) An in-depth study of the theatre and its plays from the Greeks to the Renaissance. The course will include the analysis of selected plays of this period, focusing upon the development of the stage and the production means. The student will also study the period in which this type of theatre was practiced alongside the other arts and history of the times. T H E A T R E ARTS 121 - INTRODUCTION TO T H E A T R E II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Theatre 120 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of Introduction to Theatre 120, covering the plays, the development of the theatre, and the history of the period from the Restoration to the beginnings of Realism (approximately 1900). W O M E N ' S STUDIES 120 — T H E ROLE OF W O M E N : A E U R O P E A N S U R V E Y 1000-1890 (F) (3,0,1) The situation and status of women from 1000 to" 1890 will be examined systematically and from a feminist perspective in order to fully comprehend the potential and the significance of current changes in the female role and status. This course will be conducted as a discussion seminar. It will utilize guest speakers, films, and audio-visual materials. Students will be involved in class projects in addition to individual papers. Women's Studies W O M E N ' S STUDIES 121 - W O M E N A N D P O W E R IN W E S T E R N SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) W O M E N ' S S T U D I E S 100 — G E N E R A L INTRODUCTION TO W O M E N ' S STUDIES (F) (3,0,1) This course will examine the status and role of women in Canadian society. It will trace the development of sex role divisions in the family and institutions, and examine the influence of education, media, etc., on the development and reinforcement of female role models. The status An examination of concepts and definitions of power prevalent in Western society and the relationship between power and powerlessness and figures of leadership and authority; how women exercise power and the current role of women in government and world affairs. A n exploration will be made into alternative 114 avenues and structures of power, e.g., collective, in the light of the experiences of the Women's Movement. The course will be conducted as a discussion seminar. It will utilize guest speakers, films and audio-visual materials. Students will be involved in class projects in addition to individual papers to demonstrate comprehension of the material. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 192 W O R K S H O P (F) (3,1,1) Students will produce, perform, and direct at least one scene or short play at term's end. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 193 — T H E A T R E ARTS W O R K S H O P (S) (3,1,1) A further development of the introductory term, concentrating on character delineation, dialogue, role interpretation, and advanced i m p r o v i s a t i o n . The s p e c i f i c techniques of Stanislavsky, and Boleslavsky will be practiced in the playing of both comedy and tragedy. The workshop will include practical d i r e c t i n g assignments and the study of the directors duties and responsibilities. The course will offer an introduction to the technical areas of theatre: lighting and scene design, costume design, and makeup. The focus of the Term will be production oriented, and will include rehearsal and performance of a longer theatrical work by a woman playwright, or of a work focusing on women as central characters. T H E A T R E ARTS A workshop in practical theatre training focusing on the role of women, as playwright and performer. The course will include performance techniques in acting, improvisation, mime, and body and voice production and control. There will be an introduction to directing in the various theatre forms. The workshop will concentrate on the opportunities available to women in the theatre and examine the place of live drama as an art form as well as a means for social political expression. 115 Community Education Community Health Division Computer Systems Management Option Computing Science Counselling Course Challenge Course Changes Course Credits Course Descriptions Anthropology Art Biology Business Business Management Chemistry Commerce Communications Economics Education Electricity English Fine Arts French General Studies Geography Geology German Health History Humanities Independent Study Japanese Mathematics Music Philosophy Physics Political Science Psychology Recreation Religious Studies Retail Fashions Russian Sociology Spanish Student Services Technology Theatre Arts Women's Studies Course Numbering System Course Overload Crafts Option Creative and Applied Arts Division Credit Hours Dean's List Deferred Fees Definition of Credit Hours Dentistry Dropping A Course Early Childhood Education Program Economics Index PAGE Academic Difficulties 12 Academic Information 11-15 Academic Record and Official Transcript... 12 Academic Transfer Program 14,19 Academic Year 11 Administrative Assistant Option 29, 30 Administrative Management Option 26 Administrative Science and Office Technology Program... 28, 29, 30 - 37 Admission Information 7-10,49,74 Advanced Standing 14 Agriculture 52 Anthropology 53-54 Appeal of Final Grades 2-3,12 Application for Admission 7-8,49 Applied Science Division 11,20 Art 54-60 Art Education Option 22-23 Art Program 22-25 Associate in Arts & Science Diploma 11 Astronomy 52 Athletics 11 Attendance 11 Auditing 13 Awards 18 Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Option 23 Basic Training for Skill Development and Courses 49 Bilingual Secretarial /Administrative Program 29,30 Biology 51,52,53,60-61 Bookstore 18 Bursaries 16 Business 61 -62 Business Program 19 Business Management 62-67 Business Management Extended Program. 27 Business Management Programs 2 - 5, 28 Canada Manpower Centre Assistance 49 Capilano College History &. Facilities 1 Career Music Program 42-44 Career Programs 8-19,20,22-48 Career Students — Admission 7 Change of Name or Address 13 Chemistry 51,52,67-68 Class Description & Code 51 Clerical Technology Option 30, 31 College Certificates 11 College Council 3 College Course Offerings 51 College Diploma 11 College Identification Cards 12 College Year 2-3 Commerce 68-74 Commerce Vocational Division 20 Commercial Upgrading 29,34 Communicative Arts Option 24-25 118 36 19 27-28 52 16,49 15 13 13 53 53-54 54-60 60-61 61 -62 62-67 67-68 68-74 75 75-76 76-79 79-80 80-84 84-85 85-86 86-88 88-90 90 90-91 91-92 92 92-93 93 93 46-95 96-98 98 99-100 100 101 102-105 105 105-106 106-107 107 108 108-109 109-113 113-114 114-115 51 11 24 19 11 18 2-3,9 14 52 13-14 19, 37 - 39 51,75-76 Education 76-79 Electrical and Electronics Program 39-40 Electricity 79-80 Eligibility to Register 8 Dates 2-3,8 New Students 7-8 Returning Students 2-3,8 Employment 20 Employment Orientation for Women.... 29, 35 Engineering 52 English 80-84 Executive Officers 3-6 Executive Secretarial Option 29, 31 - 32 Exemption Standing — Career Students.... 14 Estimated Expenses 10 Faculty 3-6 Fees 10,49 Financial Aid 16 Financial Information 8, 49 Fine Arts 84-85 Foreign Students 7 Forestry 52 Fourth Instructional Hour 15 French 85-86 Full-Time Student — Definition 11 General Information for Students 16-18 General Studies 19,86-88 General Studies Program 19 Geography 53, 88 - 90 Geology 51,52,53,90 Geophysics 52 German 90-91 Governor General's Silver Medal 18 Grade Point Average 12 Grading 12 Health 91-92 History 53, 92 Home Economics 52 Housing 16 How to Apply 7-8 Howe Sound Centre 10 Howe Sound Allowance 9 Humanities 92-93 Incomplete Grades 12 Independent Study 93 Japanese 93-95 Late Registration 2-3,8 Late Registration Fee 2-3,8 Learning Assistance Program 18 Learning Resources Areas 17,18 Legal Assistant Program 29, 32 Legal Stenographer 29, 35, 36 Library Hours 17 Loans 16 Marketing Management Option 26 Mathematics 51,52,53,93-95 Media Centre 18 Media Resources Program 40-41 Medical Clerical Technology Options 29 Medical Stenographer 29, 36 - 37 Medicine 52 Merit List 18 Music 96-98 Music Academic Transfer Program 44-45 Music Commercial Option 43-44 Music Performance Option 42-43 Music Production Option 43 Music Programs 41 - 45 Music Teaching Option 42 Nursing 52 Official Transcript 12 Outdoor Recreation Division 45-47 Outdoor Recreation Management Program 45-46 Para-Legal Studies Option 29 Parking 17 Part-Time Student — Definition 11 Permanent Student Number 13 Pharmacy 52 Philosophy 98 Physics 51,52,53,99-100 Placement Bureau 16 Plagiarism 18 Political Science 53,100 Pre-Registration Interviews 8 Pre-Requisite Regulations 54 Program for the Developmentally Handicapped 38-39 Provisional Standing 13 Psychology 101 Programs for Women 17 Programs of Study 19-21 Public Administration Option 29, 32, 33 Recreation 102-105 Refunds 9 Refund Deadline 9 Registration 2 - 3 , 7 - 8 , 49 Religious Studies 105-106 Repeating A Course 13 Residency Status 7 Retail Fashions Program 47-48 Retail Fashion 105 Returning Students 2-3,8 Russian 106-107 Satellite Centres 1-2 Scholarship 16 Science General Information 51-52-53 Science Elective For Non-Science Students 51 Secretarial Science Option 29, 33 - 34 Section Changes 13 Self Paced Learning 20 Sociology 107 Spanish 108 Special Fee Waiver For Senior Citizens 9 Squamish 1.10 Statement of Grades 12 Status of Students 11 Student Course and Work Load 22 Student Records 12 Student Responsibilities 16 Student Services 108-109 Student Services Centre 16-17 Athletics 17 119 V . C . C . Summer Term 14 Transfer Credit 14 Travel Assistance — Howe Sound Students 9 Tuition Fees 8,9,10,49 Visitors 13 Vocational Basic Skill Development Courses 49-50 Vocational Commerce Course 73-74 Vocational Family Care Worker Course 50 Vocational Guidance 16-49 Vocational Legal Stenographer Program 29-35,50 Vocation Programs and Upgrading Courses 49-50 Weekend College 15 When to Apply 8 Wilderness Backpacking Option 47 Wilderness Canoeing Option 47 Wilderness Leadership Program 46 Withdrawal 13-14 Women's Steering Committee 17 Women's Studies 114-115 Women's Studies Centre 17,21 Women's Studies Program 17, 21 Student Services Centre 16-17 Athletics 17 Counselling 16 Financial Aid 16 First Aid 17 Group Programs 16 High School Equivalency Examinations.. 16 Housing 1° Lost and Found 17 Parking 17 Placement Bureau 16 School Liaison 17 Student Activity 17 Student Records 16 Testing 16 Student Society Fee 8 Technology 109,113 Testing Services 16 Theatre Arts 113,114 Transcripts 12 Transfer Programs 14 B.C.l.T 14 B.C. Public Colleges 14 General 14 University 14 120 2055 PURCELL WAY NORTH VANCOUVER BRITISH COLUMBIA V7J 3H5 TEL. 980-7511 1+ Canada Post Postes Canada rtritnirnn Ponpaye Third class Troisieme classe 155 North Vancouver, B.C. Printed in Canada by Mitchell Press Limited